From 0b577344f91037d884c5c9f842b52cb7e0322591 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 21:43:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0e93869d51..30654c624f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Romans\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–15)\n2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)\n3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)\n4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)\n5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Romans?\n\nThe Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.\n\n### What is the book of Romans about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).\n\nIn this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?\n\nIn Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).\n\n### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?\n\nPaul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”\n\nTranslators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?\n\nThe idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”\n\nIn [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?\n\nThe phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.\n\nThese phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.\n\nNevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?\n\nFor the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.\n\n* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”\n* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”\n\nThe following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.\n\n* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
* Greeting (1:1–7)
* Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 x3em figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 1 plvo translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul **Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2203,7 +2203,7 @@ ROM 11 36 a9gg figs-explicit δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For from him … through him ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, **to** indicates that God is the reason **all things** exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)
* Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.

Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Christian living

Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Body of Christ

The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters as practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve. ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 328907db752d1a73805ea34a5f1674a4d00d039b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 21:55:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 30654c624f..955ac861a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2204,8 +2204,8 @@ ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters as practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve. -ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Although the term brother is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From affddc0fd7108b6dcb5254eba168658f32bc04e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:03:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 955ac861a8..c183a806e8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1120,7 +1120,8 @@ ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the Law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί…τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** and **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish believers … a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί…τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** and **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense to refer to Jewish believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians … a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here Paul is using **brothers** in a generic sense to refer to Jewish believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 1 ajk4 writing-pronouns λαλῶ 1 brothers The pronoun **I** and throughout this chapter refers to Paul (see [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From b8e72fd2b97e91bc8db84792b6da66494d6c312b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:04:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c183a806e8..98561a7c2b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the Law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί…τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** and **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense to refer to Jewish believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians … a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 Although **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here Paul is using **brothers** in a generic sense to refer to Jewish believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From 5ffb4aa61b03f39958e92269d20b39119c4434d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:09:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 98561a7c2b..94ac5e0a70 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ ROM 1 12 ddtm figs-possession διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστε ROM 1 12 e6py figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 See how you translated this word in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-litotes οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you to be informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 1 13 rwzn figs-activepassive ἀγνοεῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 13 u1cq figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 1 13 u1cq figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 1 13 zvrj figs-explicit καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **until now** means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was no longer **hindered** at the moment he wrote these words. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I have been hindered and still am now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 13 b92o figs-activepassive ἐκωλύθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you Here, **fruit** could refer to: (1) people believing in the gospel as a result of Paul’s preaching, which would connect this verse to the idea in [verse 15](../01/15.md). Alternative translation: “so that I might lead people to salvation among you also” (2) strengthening the believers in Rome, in which case this would have the same meaning as “some spiritual gracious gift” in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternative translation: “so that I might strengthen you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1120,13 +1120,13 @@ ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the Law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 Although **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here Paul is using **brothers** in a generic sense to refer to Jewish believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 1 ajk4 writing-pronouns λαλῶ 1 brothers The pronoun **I** and throughout this chapter refers to Paul (see [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 7 1 k3h5 grammar-collectivenouns νόμον…ὁ νόμος 1 brothers For every occurrence of **the law** in [verses 1–20](../07/01.md) translate the phrase in the same way you translated it in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 7 1 okz5 figs-personification ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 brothers Here Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a king. Paul means that, like a king, **the law** must be obeyed by those who are obligated to do so. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “like a king, the law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 Although **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 7 2 as1h grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an example from God’s law that illustrates how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives,” as Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 2 j4sn figs-genericnoun ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, κατήργηται…τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 Paul is speaking of Jewish **married** women and husbands in general, not of one particular **woman** or **husband**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “married women remain bound by law to their living husbands, but if their husbands die, they have been released … of their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 7 2 hpn4 figs-activepassive ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ…δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law continually binds the married woman … God releases her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f58197deab77839ddbf13eff3209f13651af06b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:10:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 94ac5e0a70..047a022ea0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the Law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here Paul is using **brothers** in a generic sense to refer to Jewish believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n +ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female Jewish believers in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 1 ajk4 writing-pronouns λαλῶ 1 brothers The pronoun **I** and throughout this chapter refers to Paul (see [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 17e0953816b931c0c5e160e7387ec27a2741a078 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:15:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 047a022ea0..0fd2a96d6e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ ROM 8 11 t27d figs-explicit ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώ ROM 8 11 xi76 figs-explicit διὰ…αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 mortal bodies Here, **through** indicates the means by which God will **make** Christians **alive**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 11 e6t8 figs-distinguish τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here, **who lives in you** gives further information about the Holy **Spirit**. It is not making a distinction between a Spirit that **lives in you** and a Spirit that does not. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “his Spirit, that is, the Spirit who lives in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 8 12 mv1r grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 So then **So then** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–17](../08/12.md) summarizes the ideas of [verses 5–11](../08/05.md). See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 8 12 qw5b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 8 12 qw5b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Here Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are **debtors**. He means that Christians are obligated to live according to the Spirit and not according to the flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “we are not debtors to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 12 ecoo figs-metaphor τῇ σαρκὶ…τοῦ…σάρκα 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Here Paul uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e8cdb037b9fddd69bd33b3dfc57b5934bd70ef12 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:18:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0fd2a96d6e..7bceb1e993 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ ROM 9 33 c8t8 figs-possession πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 Paul is using t ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that offends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)

Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”

In [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the people of Israel. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-abstractnouns ἡ…εὐδοκία…ἡ δέησις…σωτηρίαν 1 my heart’s desire If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good pleasure**, **prayer**, and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the very pleasing thing … what I pray … them to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 1 tmf2 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** in [verses 1–4](../10/01.md) refers to Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From ad194b1a9b77aaa8791479c6d21beed861e0bcb4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:20:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7bceb1e993..12cc854fdd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters as practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Although the term brother is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God +ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 94229cc22086178f71e9b8b0b8bfa3edd5b24bb6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:21:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 12cc854fdd..d10f063e89 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is in ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means anyone’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here, **brother** means a fellow Christian, male or female. +ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The **judgment seat** refers to God’s authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written, You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written in the scriptures:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 06baff53e334653cfe3050213fe7ac0a5a97219d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:23:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d10f063e89..a7f3e6db27 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “will have to explain our actions to God” ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 14 13 cx4s τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. +ROM 14 13 cx4s figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is” From fb5e8f5729c765f4f2da6990dc014e52263cead9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:26:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a7f3e6db27..529c7a6cf5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@ ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτ ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is” ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt “If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word **your** refers to those who are strong in faith and **brother** refers to those who are weak in faith. -ROM 14 15 ln42 ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. +ROM 14 15 ln42 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil Alternate translation: “If someone else thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good” ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his **kingdom** so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, κ ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here a **stumbling block** is a food that a weaker brother eats despite thinking it is wrong, and thereby goes against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense Alternate translation: “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin” -ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. +ROM 14 21 iq9g figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 21 e1du figs-yousingular σου 1 your Here, **you** is singular and stresses the responsibility of each individual believer for his fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers back to the beliefs about food and drink. ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-yousingular σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you … yourself Here, **you** and **yourself** are singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) @@ -2480,6 +2480,7 @@ ROM 16 22 nx4g ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you i ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius … Erastus … Quartus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 23 j9u7 ὁ ξένος 1 the host This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship. ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who takes care of the money for a group. +ROM 16 23 fnet figs-gendernotations ἀδελφός 1 the treasurer Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [14:10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing. ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now Here the word **Now** marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here. ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 to strengthen you Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were being set firmly in place. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4051712d361550ab36d0307b7b9f66b7561c51e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:29:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 529c7a6cf5..e31435ae3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “having been filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here, to **exhort** means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a physical gift that **God** had **given** him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2417,7 +2417,7 @@ ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you Alternate translation: “I encourage you” -ROM 15 30 v9iy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 to strive together with Alternate translation: “to work hard with” or “to struggle with” ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the **saints** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2453,7 +2453,7 @@ ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus **Rufus** is a man’s nam ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 chosen in the Lord You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own **mother**. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus … Phlegon … Hermes … Patrobas … Hermas These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 16 14 ck2w figs-gendernotations ἀδελφούς 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus … Nereus … Olympas These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia **Julia** is the name of a woman. She was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers From 4ee790bb6e679a92c9b9280344fd7b2e34761e7c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:30:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e31435ae3a..577bfb861a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia **Julia** is the name of ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the **churches** of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 16 17 u1m9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God. -ROM 16 17 wx6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. +ROM 16 17 wx6r figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 16 17 ztv5 σκοπεῖν 1 to think about Alternate translation: “to watch out for” ROM 16 17 n59l figs-explicit τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα…ποιοῦντας 1 who are causing the divisions and obstacles This refers to those who argue and cause others to stop trusting in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another and to stop having faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 17 j9x7 παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned Alternate translation: “and teaching things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned” From 0285a8edf50b8f29b224c8cd7d6b7660a98cd62d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 23:10:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 577bfb861a..4c9da1d0f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2205,7 +2205,8 @@ ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters as practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Although the term brother is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5377fce9479c3e7827715dc3d6a5de7832f62e82 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 23:22:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4c9da1d0f2..a5585fe0d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2207,6 +2207,7 @@ ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters as practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 12 1 xgcr figs-yousingular παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c43d6b999b84722e896a96b0dac866486720a512 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 23:30:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a5585fe0d9..d02df3832e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2207,10 +2207,11 @@ ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters as practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 12 1 xgcr figs-yousingular παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which peopleserve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n +ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service Alternate translation: “which is the right way to worship God” ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8820b28fa1a7d9c962bc75914b486c04f641248a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 23:41:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d02df3832e..dd5e129862 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2211,9 +2211,7 @@ ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which peopleserve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service Alternate translation: “which is the right way to worship God” +ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “do not act and think like the world does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world Here, **this world** refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From b5718551c695bd96750994e5e142f27e2b554dfa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 14:19:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dd5e129862..a9c0f42a58 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2212,8 +2212,8 @@ ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, broth ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which peopleserve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε…μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 f your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “do not act and think like the world does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world Here, **this world** refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0e9e9dad71e3bd806927028dc30db44f8f50991c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 14:57:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a9c0f42a58..d68ae2c1e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2213,9 +2213,11 @@ ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζ ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε…μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 f your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world Here, **this world** refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 2 clc6 μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε 1 Do not be conformed to this world Alternate translation: “do not become like” +ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this age** refers to the attitudes and actions of the unbelievers who live during this period of time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the way people think and act in this age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 12 2 na8p figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός…τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that persons mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Alternate translation: “that no one among you should think they are better than they are” From 956e6a3c116143bb72920d4aac577bcf493ad4bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:09:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 12 +++++++----- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d68ae2c1e6..e69a7574f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2218,11 +2218,13 @@ ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this age** ROM 12 2 na8p figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός…τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that persons mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Alternate translation: “that no one among you should think they are better than they are” -ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “but you should be wise in how you think about yourselves” -ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their **faith** in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you the faith to trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\r\n\r +ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves” +ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have degrees of **faith** in God that God has given them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of ability to trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul the word **For** to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others. ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human **body**. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members Here, **members** are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands. From bb71cfbb2d7ce3ba40a54f26d4b83b6a3e5f605f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:17:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e69a7574f2..957b231df8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2224,7 +2224,7 @@ ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσ ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves” -ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have degrees of **faith** in God that God has given them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of ability to trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different amounts of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different amounts. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul the word **For** to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others. ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human **body**. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members Here, **members** are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands. From 41d1a6df4116193127426a13e7a412f9d6cec121 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:37:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 957b231df8..bde836160e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2225,9 +2225,9 @@ ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φ ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves” ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different amounts of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different amounts. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul the word **For** to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others. -ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human **body**. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members Here, **members** are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands. +ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl figs-activepassive τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9ada97ef5a5e27444a839c35816f72b9f4acea58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:38:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bde836160e..ec0039ee4e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different amounts of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different amounts. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). +ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl figs-activepassive τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 260ddbadcb3a093830a21869d9a3df69d8a93e99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:40:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ec0039ee4e..f61f53ec50 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2228,6 +2228,7 @@ ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). +ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl figs-activepassive τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3f9c4e0cc772697d597edc3e9d51abcd0d9b3be4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:51:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f61f53ec50..47871ebb17 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2229,8 +2229,8 @@ ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 5 cutl figs-activepassive τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. Since Paul introduced this idea with a simile in this verse and the previous verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith. From f93e48137d7273a91930386e399fbba56c452554 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:56:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 47871ebb17..a6dbbd13c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2229,6 +2229,8 @@ ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each other Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n +ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. Since Paul introduced this idea with a simile in this verse and the previous verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6cbd508e4910137204310d17eab2b8b896b6a1b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 17:15:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a6dbbd13c3..241e7ac8b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [ ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each other Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. Since Paul introduced this idea with a simile in this verse and the previous verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cf4af28d3f2ec051b5d31570dc5fea53f4fbccfb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 17:56:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 241e7ac8b4..4001614f60 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2233,9 +2233,11 @@ ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each othe ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. -ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith. +ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.\nas God has distributed to each one a measure of faith ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. From 7fdb2442c03587a921376898834ae8a677b432f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 18:01:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4001614f60..5f4dc8fe17 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous ve ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.\nas God has distributed to each one a measure of faith ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 63dc3c07b2f569e84ba226e1fc2dca2bdc93d28f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 18:02:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5f4dc8fe17..9159fdc0bc 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλ ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.\nas God has distributed to each one a measure of faith ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1dcf507c7ee0fa45d86c93ca3443f6e85ab2aa00 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 18:10:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9159fdc0bc..4b264ca0f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different g ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.\nas God has distributed to each one a measure of faith +ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. From 75c959e8315dde7d89acbb1aa9e7162d1e9c9f1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 18:15:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4b264ca0f1..69590fd27d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each othe ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. -ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so they are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 0dfca1f7d00ce1302e766000a58253595573875a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 18:36:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 69590fd27d..a4a9a3dedb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2237,6 +2237,7 @@ ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different g ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 520ca14ab474ebd0c7118d105de128d9f0700b2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 18:38:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a4a9a3dedb..7ce7707822 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2239,6 +2239,7 @@ ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθε ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift in the service; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift in the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. From 5d258b605b685c594ea7cd63596d474ee3d74041 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 18:48:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7ce7707822..9ba32e6eb5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2240,6 +2240,7 @@ ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κα ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift in the service; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift in the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ…τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **service** and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “serving others … serving others … teaching others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. From 1d3a474154945088f270f91db38aba37745ec651 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 21:24:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9ba32e6eb5..7afd6da2f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2241,7 +2241,8 @@ ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift in the service; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift in the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ…τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **service** and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “serving others … serving others … teaching others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift to encourage; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift to be generous; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift diligently; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπλότητι…ἐν σπουδῇ…ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. ROM 12 10 mr8i τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 love This is another word that means brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives. From 6c7102bc6dee343bb16d74d7e8059c08a78d852c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 21:36:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7afd6da2f9..af430aaca8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2243,8 +2243,9 @@ ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακο ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ…τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **service** and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “serving others … serving others … teaching others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift to encourage; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift to be generous; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift diligently; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπλότητι…ἐν σπουδῇ…ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. +ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n +ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν…τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 10 mr8i τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 love This is another word that means brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives. ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form **in … be** to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “in … do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md). ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Alternate translation: “as for how you love your fellow believers” From 7d9385c4ec774526349b1db611b18b112afacd68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 22:16:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index af430aaca8..8392c9d9b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2246,11 +2246,11 @@ ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπ ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν…τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 10 mr8i τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 love This is another word that means brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives. -ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form **in … be** to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “in … do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md). -ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Alternate translation: “as for how you love your fellow believers” -ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another Alternate translation: “honor and respect one another” or “honor your fellow believers by respecting them” -ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Alternate translation: “do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord” +ROM 12 10 mr8i τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n +ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Alternate translation: “wait patiently whenever you have troubles” ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Alternate translation: “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” From 3bfa10fdf1ea8804ad3d212cf5ff692be8c6df74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 22:36:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8392c9d9b5..49a1c798ad 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2251,6 +2251,7 @@ ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Alternate translation: “wait patiently whenever you have troubles” ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Alternate translation: “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” From 95c37109b7e36f8369e570e10ea8becfef177d7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 23:13:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 49a1c798ad..dafa57c9c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2251,8 +2251,11 @@ ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Alternate translation: “wait patiently whenever you have troubles” +ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly”(2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 12 wept grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἐλπίδι 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 12 uv64 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates the situation in which someone should be **patient**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time of suffering, being patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to persist in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Alternate translation: “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 7c560689942efee9a5a0e2c3b6d9f6f07b5d0804 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 23:20:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dafa57c9c7..f43c578e9c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2256,7 +2256,8 @@ ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θ ROM 12 12 wept grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἐλπίδι 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 12 uv64 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates the situation in which someone should be **patient**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time of suffering, being patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to persist in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Alternate translation: “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” +ROM 12 13 vk5h figs-declarative ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in the needs of the saints, share; pursue hospitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 13 m53s figs-abstractnouns ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων…τὴν φιλοξενίαν 1 Share in the needs of the saints If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **needs** and **hospitality**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the things the saints need … what is hospitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Alternate translation: “do not think that you are more important than others” From bbf9c9f2ae1315008f3805eb6028d1381243e287 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 23:45:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f43c578e9c..cc5fa28ce4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2258,7 +2258,8 @@ ROM 12 12 uv64 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῇ θλίψει ὑπομέ ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to persist in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 13 vk5h figs-declarative ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in the needs of the saints, share; pursue hospitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 13 m53s figs-abstractnouns ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων…τὴν φιλοξενίαν 1 Share in the needs of the saints If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **needs** and **hospitality**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the things the saints need … what is hospitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” +ROM 12 13 i3nm figs-explicit ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Here Paul implies sharing the things that a person has with those **saints** who have **needs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing what you have to meet the needs of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 14 exd8 1 ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Alternate translation: “do not think that you are more important than others” ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Alternate translation: “welcome people who do not seem important” From da7980ab82fbbf4e0c7f0dcdca598fc86762ffc4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Sun, 30 Oct 2022 23:09:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6dd821bd2a..df735a1cc7 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2898,8 +2898,8 @@ ACT 20 37 pb4r figs-idiom ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλ ACT 20 37 sze4 translate-symaction κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 they were kissing him To kiss someone on the cheek was an expression of brotherly or friendly love in this culture. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “they were kissing him on the cheek to express their brotherly love for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 20 38 npay figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the statement that Paul made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statement that he had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they were never going to see his face again In his statement, Paul was using one part of himself, his **face**, to represent all of himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were never going to see him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 38 m0wr figs-quotations εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he spoke, ‘You are going to see my face no more’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and advised what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.

The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “They are all determined to keep the law”

The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.

### Nazarite vow

The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../21/23.md)).

### Gentiles in the temple

The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Roman citizenship

The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. +ACT 20 38 m0wr figs-quotations εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he had spoken, ‘You are going to see my face no more’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nActs 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and advised what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.\n\nThe last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “They are all determined to keep the law”\n\nThe Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.\n\n### Nazarite vow\n\nThe vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../21/23.md)).\n\n### Gentiles in the temple\n\nThe Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Roman citizenship\n\nThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. ACT 21 1 s3h3 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἤλθομεν 1 we…we came As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, throughout this chapter Luke uses the pronoun **we** (as well as the pronouns “us” and “our”) to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers. So use the exclusive form of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 21 1 a428 figs-activepassive ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 having been parted from them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having parted from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 Cos The word **Cos** is the name of an island in the South Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 912387bda2169e3d7d48a7a22464b710cd2b63d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Sun, 30 Oct 2022 23:11:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index df735a1cc7..3e57dba6ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 Cos The word **Cos** is the name of an isl ACT 21 1 p6ss translate-names Ῥόδον 1 Rhodes The word **Rhodes** is the name of an island in the South Aegean Sea south of Cos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 21 1 x7kg translate-names Πάταρα 1 Patara The word **Patara** is the name of a city on the southwest coast of Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 21 2 nz9k figs-personification πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην 1 a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **crossing over** the Mediterranean Sea to Phoenicia on its own. Luke means that the crew of this ship was sailing it to Phoenicia. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a ship whose crew would be sailing it over to Phoenicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 21 3 vkr2 figs-idiom καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 having left it behind on the port side The expression **leaving it behind on the left** means on the left side of the ship. Since the ship was sailing east, this means that it sailed to the south of the island of Cyprus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express that meaning plainly. However, if the people of your culture are familiar with sea travel, you could use the corresponding expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having sailed to the south of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 21 3 vkr2 figs-idiom καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον 1 having left it behind on the port side The expression **leaving it behind on the port side** means on the left side of the ship. Since the ship was sailing east, this means that it sailed to the south of the island of Cyprus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express that meaning plainly. However, if the people of your culture are familiar with sea travel, you could use the corresponding expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having sailed to the south of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 3 a429 figs-idiom κατήλθομεν εἰς Τύρον 1 came down to Tyre Luke says that he and his companions **came down** to Tyre because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “landed at Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 3 a430 figs-synecdoche ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 there the ship was unloading its cargo Luke is using the last part of a process to represent the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship was going there to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-personification τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 the ship was unloading its cargo Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **unloading** its own **cargo**. Luke means that the crew of this ship was doing the unloading. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship’s crew was to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 0968ef74c4242c46be666f0c58140287f8a6f144 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Sun, 30 Oct 2022 23:24:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3e57dba6ca..30451dce36 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ ACT 21 3 vkr2 figs-idiom καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον ACT 21 3 a429 figs-idiom κατήλθομεν εἰς Τύρον 1 came down to Tyre Luke says that he and his companions **came down** to Tyre because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “landed at Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 3 a430 figs-synecdoche ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 there the ship was unloading its cargo Luke is using the last part of a process to represent the entire process. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship was going there to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-personification τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 the ship was unloading its cargo Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **unloading** its own **cargo**. Luke means that the crew of this ship was doing the unloading. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship’s crew was to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 21 4 y35m writing-pronouns οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον 1 who were saying to Paul The pronoun **who** refers to the **disciples** in Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “those disciples kept saying to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 21 4 y35m writing-pronouns οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον 1 who were saying to Paul The pronoun **who** refers to the **disciples** in Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and you may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Those disciples kept saying to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 4 a431 figs-synecdoche ἐπιβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 to set foot in Jerusalem The disciples were using one part of Paul, his **foot**, to represent all of him in the potential act of going to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 21 5 a432 figs-idiom ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when it happened that we had completed the days Luke is speaking of the seven days when he and his traveling companions were in Tyre as if those days were something they **completed**. Alternate translation: “at the end of those seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 5 a433 figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 everyone Luke says **they all** here as a generalization. He means all of the believers with whom he and his companions were meeting in Tyre. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From d9911449c4a7b470f8c364548496a4b878bcafb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Sun, 30 Oct 2022 23:31:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 30451dce36..32a1318cdc 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2912,7 +2912,7 @@ ACT 21 3 a430 figs-synecdoche ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀπο ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-personification τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον 1 the ship was unloading its cargo Luke is speaking of this **ship** as if it were a living thing that was **unloading** its own **cargo**. Luke means that the crew of this ship was doing the unloading. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ship’s crew was to unload its cargo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 21 4 y35m writing-pronouns οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον 1 who were saying to Paul The pronoun **who** refers to the **disciples** in Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and you may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Those disciples kept saying to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 4 a431 figs-synecdoche ἐπιβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 to set foot in Jerusalem The disciples were using one part of Paul, his **foot**, to represent all of him in the potential act of going to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 21 5 a432 figs-idiom ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when it happened that we had completed the days Luke is speaking of the seven days when he and his traveling companions were in Tyre as if those days were something they **completed**. Alternate translation: “at the end of those seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 21 5 a432 figs-idiom ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when it happened that we had completed the days Luke is speaking of the seven days when he and his traveling companions were in Tyre as if those days were something they **finished**. Alternate translation: “at the end of those seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 5 a433 figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 everyone Luke says **they all** here as a generalization. He means all of the believers with whom he and his companions were meeting in Tyre. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 having knelt down on the shore and having prayed The travelers and their hosts knelt down as a symbolic action to show that they were approaching God humbly in prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having humbly knelt down on the shore to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 21 6 a434 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 those The pronoun **those** refers to the believers from Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 2fea765a1137c2c3ca98748760f1c1ba812f03fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:00:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 32a1318cdc..5b9f483267 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2913,7 +2913,7 @@ ACT 21 3 hwx8 figs-personification τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζ ACT 21 4 y35m writing-pronouns οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον 1 who were saying to Paul The pronoun **who** refers to the **disciples** in Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and you may want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Those disciples kept saying to Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 4 a431 figs-synecdoche ἐπιβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 to set foot in Jerusalem The disciples were using one part of Paul, his **foot**, to represent all of him in the potential act of going to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 21 5 a432 figs-idiom ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when it happened that we had completed the days Luke is speaking of the seven days when he and his traveling companions were in Tyre as if those days were something they **finished**. Alternate translation: “at the end of those seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 21 5 a433 figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 everyone Luke says **they all** here as a generalization. He means all of the believers with whom he and his companions were meeting in Tyre. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 21 5 a433 figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 everyone Luke says **everyone** here as a generalization. He means all of the believers with whom he and his companions were meeting in Tyre. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 having knelt down on the shore and having prayed The travelers and their hosts knelt down as a symbolic action to show that they were approaching God humbly in prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having humbly knelt down on the shore to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 21 6 a434 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 those The pronoun **those** refers to the believers from Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐμείναμεν 1 we…we stayed Here the word **we** refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 87f083aba250be8e2e92f0b63d72c13c82073aca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:16:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5b9f483267..291a3c3093 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@ ACT 21 6 a434 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 those The pronoun **those** re ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐμείναμεν 1 we…we stayed Here the word **we** refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 21 7 z4nt translate-names Πτολεμαΐδα 1 Ptolemais The word **Ptolemais** is the name of a city that was south of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 21 7 ff1s figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 21 8 ay52 figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 from the seven Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **the seven**, he means the seven men who were chosen in [6:5](../06/05.md) to distribute food and other assistance to the widows among the believers. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “one of the seven men who had been chosen to oversee the assistance that the believers were providing to widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 8 ay52 figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 from the seven Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **the Seven**, he means the seven men who were chosen in [6:5](../06/05.md) to distribute food and other assistance to the widows among the believers. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “one of the seven men who had been chosen to oversee the assistance that the believers were providing to widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 8 vi48 grammar-honorifics τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 the Evangelist Luke is using the title **evangelist** to acknowledge the special work that Philip did in proclaiming the gospel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a descriptive phrase preceded by a comma in your translation rather than a title. Alternate translation: “, a man known for proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]]) ACT 21 9 cv8b writing-background δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about the **daughters** of Philip that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 21 9 rcf4 writing-pronouns τούτῳ…ἦσαν θυγατέρες τέσσαρες 1 to this one were four daughters The pronoun **this** refers to Philip. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Philip had four daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Agabus is usi ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles Here, **hands** represents the power of someone, in this case the power of an authority to hold an accused person in custody. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the custody of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche ἐθνῶν 1 of the Gentiles Agabus is using the name of a whole group, **the Gentiles**, to refer to one part of that group, its members who are in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “of the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 21 12 a437 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἐντόπιοι 1 the locals Luke is using the adjective **locals** as a noun to mean the believers who lived in that local area, that is, Caesarea. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the believers who lived in Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 21 12 a438 figs-explicit παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς 1 were urging him Luke means implicitly that this **begging** included weeping over what would happen to Paul if he went to Jerusalem, as the next verse indicates. You can include this information here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “were weeping and urging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 12 a438 figs-explicit παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς 1 were urging him Luke means implicitly that this **urging** included weeping over what would happen to Paul if he went to Jerusalem, as the next verse indicates. You can include this information here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “were weeping and urging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 12 a439 figs-idiom τοῦ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 not to go up to Jerusalem Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Caesarea is lower in elevation. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν? 1 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? Paul is using the question form to insist that the believers in Caesarea do not need to weep over what will happen to him if he goes to Jerusalem. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Please do not weep like that, breaking my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart Paul is speaking as if the believers in Caesarea were literally **breaking** his **heart**. He means that they are making him very sad. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “making me so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 895ec233b740513669475c8948355b52f0bfd88b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:37:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 291a3c3093..b859f1fb69 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ ACT 21 24 a449 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ξυρήσονται τὴν ACT 21 24 a450 figs-idiom ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 there is nothing in the things they have been told about you The expression **there is nothing in** these things means that they are not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things they have been told about you are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 24 nu9v figs-activepassive κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ 1 they have been told about you If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have told them about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 24 a451 figs-rpronouns καὶ αὐτὸς, φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον 1 also keeping the law yourself James and the elders are using the word **yourself** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You too observe the law very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ACT 21 25 a452 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς ἀπεστείλαμεν…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 we sent that they should guard James and the elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we sent them a letter telling them that they should guard themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 21 25 a452 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς ἀπεστείλαμεν…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 we sent that they should guard James and the elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we sent them a letter telling them that they should guard themselves from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-nominaladj τό…εἰδωλόθυτον… πνικτὸν 1 the idol-sacrificed…the strangled James and the elders are using the adjectives **idol-sacrificed** and **strangled** as nouns to mean specific kinds of animals. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “animals that have been offered to idols … animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-metonymy τό…εἰδωλόθυτον… πνικτὸν 1 the idol-sacrificed…the strangled James and the elders are referring by association to meat from animals that have been offered to idols or killed by strangulation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from eating the meat of animals that have been offered to idols … from what is killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 25 nu0i figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 the strangled God did not allow the Jews to consume blood in any form. Therefore, they could not eat the meat from an animal that had been strangled, because the blood would not have been properly drained from the body of the animal. James and the elders wanted Gentiles who believed in Jesus not to consume blood either. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation, because this meat still contains blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9eeded3206e90ffdf8d470400057d86d311e6853 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:47:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b859f1fb69..d4333d019e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@ ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-nominaladj τό…εἰδωλόθυτον… πνικτὸν ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-metonymy τό…εἰδωλόθυτον… πνικτὸν 1 the idol-sacrificed…the strangled James and the elders are referring by association to meat from animals that have been offered to idols or killed by strangulation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from eating the meat of animals that have been offered to idols … from what is killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 25 nu0i figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 the strangled God did not allow the Jews to consume blood in any form. Therefore, they could not eat the meat from an animal that had been strangled, because the blood would not have been properly drained from the body of the animal. James and the elders wanted Gentiles who believed in Jesus not to consume blood either. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation, because this meat still contains blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 26 cr14 figs-explicit τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 the men Luke implicitly means the four **men** who had made a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the men who had each made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 26 a453 figs-explicit ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified Luke is referring implicitly to the purification ceremony that allowed Paul and these men to enter the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having been purified so that they could enter the temple area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 21 26 a453 figs-explicit ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified Luke is referring implicitly to the purification ceremony that allowed Paul and these men to enter the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having been purified in order to enter the temple area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 26 s8z9 figs-activepassive ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having participated in a purification ceremony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερόν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 26 a454 figs-possession διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 declaring the fulfillment of the days of purification Luke is using the possessive form **the days of purification** to mean the days during which the men’s vows were in effect, at the end of which there needed to be a **purification** ceremony. Alternate translation: “declaring that the men had kept their vows for the number of days that they had promised and that they could now be purified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From bb3df11d3273648e0e828baa1f1c1d2edfad7390 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:51:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d4333d019e..78708a8f1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2986,7 +2986,7 @@ ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ACT 21 27 j9zm figs-explicit αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he means the **seven days** that were customarily required for the offerings and purification ceremony at the end of a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the seven days that it took to purify these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 27 a456 figs-explicit οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews from Asia Luke implicitly means some **Jews from Asia** who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival, as described in [20:16](../20/16.md). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “some Jews from Asia who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 27 a457 figs-hyperbole συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 were agitating the whole crowd Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were making the people in the crowd very agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 21 27 a457 figs-hyperbole συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 were agitating the whole crowd Luke says **whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were making the people in the crowd very agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 21 27 a458 figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον 1 the whole crowd By the **crowd**, Luke implicitly means the crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem from all over the Roman Empire for the Pentecost festival. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-metonymy ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid their hands on him The expression **laid hands on** means to arrest or detain someone, by association with the way that arresting officers or concerned citizens might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they held onto him” or “they detained him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 28 a459 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israelites This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From e3a75197b4e20b6ff8dd62182b840f0642f87c1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:53:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 78708a8f1e..e3e35d672e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2986,7 +2986,7 @@ ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ACT 21 27 j9zm figs-explicit αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he means the **seven days** that were customarily required for the offerings and purification ceremony at the end of a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the seven days that it took to purify these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 27 a456 figs-explicit οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews from Asia Luke implicitly means some **Jews from Asia** who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival, as described in [20:16](../20/16.md). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “some Jews from Asia who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 27 a457 figs-hyperbole συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 were agitating the whole crowd Luke says **whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were making the people in the crowd very agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 21 27 a457 figs-hyperbole συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 were agitating the whole crowd Luke says **whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were making many people in the crowd very agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 21 27 a458 figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον 1 the whole crowd By the **crowd**, Luke implicitly means the crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem from all over the Roman Empire for the Pentecost festival. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-metonymy ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid their hands on him The expression **laid hands on** means to arrest or detain someone, by association with the way that arresting officers or concerned citizens might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they held onto him” or “they detained him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 28 a459 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israelites This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From ee41a8965c4a2364104012d79dc36d897d4dbeb3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:56:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e3e35d672e..721b1472f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2994,7 +2994,7 @@ ACT 21 28 a460 figs-hyperbole πάντας πανταχῇ 1 all everywhere The ACT 21 28 sfg3 figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people and the law and this place The Jews from Asia assume that their listeners will understand that they are referring to the special status of the people of Israel as God’s chosen people, the law of Moses, and the temple in Jerusalem. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel and the law of Moses and this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple The Jews from Asia assume that their listeners will understand that only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem **temple** and that they are accusing Paul of bringing **Greeks** into those areas. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “into areas of the temple courtyard where they are not allowed to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 28 a461 figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 21 29 t2z7 translate-versebridge 1 In this verse, Luke is giving the reason why the Jews from the province of Asia thought that Paul had “defiled” the temple area by bringing “Greeks” into it. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 28–29. It might say something like this: “Now some Jews from Asia had seen Trophimus the Ephesian with Paul in the city. When they saw Paul in the temple when the seven days were about to be finished, they were thinking that Paul had brought Trophimus into the temple. So were agitating the whole crowd, and they laid {their} hands on him, shouting, “Men, Israelites, help! This is the man teaching all everywhere against the people and the law and this place. And he has even both brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +ACT 21 29 t2z7 translate-versebridge 1 In this verse, Luke is giving the reason why the Jews from the province of Asia thought that Paul had “defiled” the temple area by bringing “Greeks” into it. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 28–29. It might say something like this: “Now some Jews from Asia had seen Trophimus the Ephesian with Paul in the city. When they saw Paul in the temple when the seven days were about to be finished, they were thinking that Paul had brought Trophimus into the temple. So they were agitating the whole crowd, and they laid {their} hands on him, shouting, “Men, Israelites, help! This is the man teaching all everywhere against the people and the law and this place. And he has even both brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) ACT 21 29 h1uu translate-names Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus The word **Trophimus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 21 30 st3f figs-metonymy ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Here, the word **city** means to the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city became excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Luke says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From d715d3db99d7a901984136ccc509e6e868a888ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:58:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 721b1472f9..06a783934b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2996,9 +2996,9 @@ ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple The Je ACT 21 28 a461 figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 29 t2z7 translate-versebridge 1 In this verse, Luke is giving the reason why the Jews from the province of Asia thought that Paul had “defiled” the temple area by bringing “Greeks” into it. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 28–29. It might say something like this: “Now some Jews from Asia had seen Trophimus the Ephesian with Paul in the city. When they saw Paul in the temple when the seven days were about to be finished, they were thinking that Paul had brought Trophimus into the temple. So they were agitating the whole crowd, and they laid {their} hands on him, shouting, “Men, Israelites, help! This is the man teaching all everywhere against the people and the law and this place. And he has even both brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) ACT 21 29 h1uu translate-names Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus The word **Trophimus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 21 30 st3f figs-metonymy ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Here, the word **city** means to the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city became excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 30 st3f figs-metonymy ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Here, the word **city** means the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city became excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Luke says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 21 30 a462 figs-activepassive ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 30 a462 figs-activepassive ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 30 a463 figs-metonymy ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 outside of the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “of the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 30 mmaa figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were shut If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it would have been the temple gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were shut The implication is that the gatekeepers **shut** the **doors** to the temple courtyard once the mob dragged Paul outside so that the mob would not defile the temple precincts by killing Paul within them. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors so that the mob would not defile the temple courtyard by killing Paul there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9a5bd9e72ac554352047ec58722470384ee2d65b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 10:53:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/117] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 56a6f8ccbf..c96aad6acb 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1202,10 +1202,9 @@ MAT 17 17 lyu5 figs-nominaladj ἄπιστος 1 O unbelieving and perverse gene MAT 17 17 su3r figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you? Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 the boy was healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here, **we** refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? 1 For what reason were we not able to cast it out? Alternate translation: “Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?” -MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth” -MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 if you would have faith as a mustard seed Jesus compares the size of **a mustard seed** to the amount of **faith** needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples, but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +MAT 17 19 sz7d writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus threw out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 if you would have faith as a mustard seed Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAT 17 20 x48i figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 nothing will be impossible for you If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nothing … impossible**, you could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MAT 17 22 r2cu 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time. MAT 17 22 n2xs συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν 1 as they are gathered together Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were gathered together” From 993356508143e9eaae4e6056f226540d0a05edeb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 14:05:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 06a783934b..5983e12188 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@ ACT 21 29 t2z7 translate-versebridge 1 In this verse, Luke is giving the reaso ACT 21 29 h1uu translate-names Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus The word **Trophimus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 21 30 st3f figs-metonymy ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Here, the word **city** means the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city became excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Luke says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 21 30 a462 figs-activepassive ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 30 a462 figs-activepassive ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 30 a463 figs-metonymy ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 outside of the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “of the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 30 mmaa figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were shut If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it would have been the temple gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were shut The implication is that the gatekeepers **shut** the **doors** to the temple courtyard once the mob dragged Paul outside so that the mob would not defile the temple precincts by killing Paul within them. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors so that the mob would not defile the temple courtyard by killing Paul there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ ACT 21 31 a464 writing-pronouns ζητούντων τε αὐτὸν ἀποκτ ACT 21 31 d6vt figs-personification ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 a report came up to the commander of the guard Luke is speaking of this **report** as if they were a living thing that **came up to the commander** on its own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a messenger brought a report to the commander of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 21 31 hu5r figs-idiom ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 a report came up to the commander of the guard Luke uses the phrase **came up ** because the commander was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a messenger brought a report to the commander of the guard up in the temple fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 31 p85a translate-unknown τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης 1 to the chiliarch of the cohort A **chiliarch** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 1,000 soldiers. A **cohort** was a large military guard unit. Alternate translation: “to the commander of the military guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 21 31 u65r figs-metonymy ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was agitated Here, the word **Jerusalem** means to the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 31 u65r figs-metonymy ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was agitated Here, the word **Jerusalem** means the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 31 zgas figs-hyperbole ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was agitated Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were very agitated” or “the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem were rioting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 21 31 a465 figs-activepassive ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 all Jerusalem was agitated If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something was greatly agitating the people who lived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 32 j81t writing-pronouns ὃς ἐξαυτῆς παραλαβὼν στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχας, κατέδραμεν ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 who, immediately taking soldiers and centurions, ran down to them The pronoun **who** refers to the chiliarch (the Roman commander), and the pronoun **them** refer to the people who were rioting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The commander immediately took soldiers and centurions and ran down to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -3021,7 +3021,7 @@ ACT 21 34 qcc6 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸ ACT 21 35 h9n7 figs-activepassive βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν 1 he was carried by the soldiers If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers carried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 35 a467 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν βίαν τοῦ ὄχλου 1 because of the violence of the crowd If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because the crowd was so violent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 21 36 kax6 figs-euphemism αἶρε αὐτόν 1 Take him away The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul’s death. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a mild way of referring to this in your language or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Put him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων…εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, ὁ Παῦλος 1 as Paul was about to be brought into the fortress If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the soldiers were about to bring Paul inside the fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων…εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, ὁ Παῦλος 1 as Paul was about to be brought into the fortress If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the soldiers were about to bring Paul inside the fortress, Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 37 a468 ὁ Παῦλος λέγει 1 Paul says To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Paul said” ACT 21 37 a469 figs-quotations ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ, εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς σέ? 1 Paul says to the chiliarch, “If it is permitted for me to say something to you?” Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Paul asked the chiliarch if it was permitted for him to say something to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις? 1 Do you know Greek? The commander is using the question form to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know Greek!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From ff0035bab048b74818a9cdbb00dc64ae7cf416b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 14:19:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5983e12188..14e4c4207e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3025,7 +3025,7 @@ ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων…εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς ACT 21 37 a468 ὁ Παῦλος λέγει 1 Paul says To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Paul said” ACT 21 37 a469 figs-quotations ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ, εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς σέ? 1 Paul says to the chiliarch, “If it is permitted for me to say something to you?” Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Paul asked the chiliarch if it was permitted for him to say something to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις? 1 Do you know Greek? The commander is using the question form to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know Greek!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος…? 1 Are you not then the Egyptian…? The commander is using the question form to emphasize the conclusion he has drawn about Paul. Jews who spoke Greek typically came from somewhere outside of Palestine, and since Paul seems to be someone whom the Jews in Jerusalem consider to be very dangerous, the commander concludes that he must be **the Egyptian** he knows about. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you must be the Egyptian … !” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος…? 1 Are you not then the Egyptian…? The commander is using the question form to emphasize the conclusion he has drawn about Paul. Jews who spoke Greek typically came from somewhere outside of Palestine, and since Paul seems to be someone whom the Jews in Jerusalem consider to be very dangerous, the commander concludes that he must be **the Egyptian** he knows about. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you must not be the Egyptian … !” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 21 38 p2ym translate-transliterate τῶν σικαρίων 1 of the Sicarii The term **Sicarii** is a Latin word. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds. The term means an assassin and it comes from the Latin word for a dagger. In this context, it refers to a group of Jewish rebels who carried daggers under their robes and killed Romans and people who supported the Romans. In your translation, you could spell this the way it sounds in your language, or you could use a term with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the Assassins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) ACT 21 39 a470 translate-names Ταρσεὺς 1 a Tarsian The word **Tarsian** is the name for someone who comes from the city of Tarsus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 21 39 a471 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης 1 a not undistinguished city Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a distinguished city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) From 8fec1c3d9b6a89d2cce964e1d4eb89c97a5d49b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 14:22:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 14e4c4207e..812a395d55 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις? 1 Do you ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος…? 1 Are you not then the Egyptian…? The commander is using the question form to emphasize the conclusion he has drawn about Paul. Jews who spoke Greek typically came from somewhere outside of Palestine, and since Paul seems to be someone whom the Jews in Jerusalem consider to be very dangerous, the commander concludes that he must be **the Egyptian** he knows about. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you must not be the Egyptian … !” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 21 38 p2ym translate-transliterate τῶν σικαρίων 1 of the Sicarii The term **Sicarii** is a Latin word. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds. The term means an assassin and it comes from the Latin word for a dagger. In this context, it refers to a group of Jewish rebels who carried daggers under their robes and killed Romans and people who supported the Romans. In your translation, you could spell this the way it sounds in your language, or you could use a term with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the Assassins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) ACT 21 39 a470 translate-names Ταρσεὺς 1 a Tarsian The word **Tarsian** is the name for someone who comes from the city of Tarsus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 21 39 a471 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης 1 a not undistinguished city Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a distinguished city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 21 39 a471 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης 1 a not undistinguished city Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a very distinguished city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 21 39 a139 figs-imperative ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me This is an imperative, but as Paul’s phrase **I ask of you** shows, it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please allow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 21 40 qp2q writing-pronouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had allowed The pronoun **he** refers to the Roman commander. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the commander allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 40 rk1y translate-symaction κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with his hand to the people This likely means that Paul waved his hand to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. He did this to quiet them. Alternate translation: “waved his hand to the people to signal that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From d6f42add87c8aee05641619c998aae49ccbb2dd9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 14:26:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 812a395d55..63f141b343 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3030,7 +3030,7 @@ ACT 21 38 p2ym translate-transliterate τῶν σικαρίων 1 of the Sicarii ACT 21 39 a470 translate-names Ταρσεὺς 1 a Tarsian The word **Tarsian** is the name for someone who comes from the city of Tarsus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 21 39 a471 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης 1 a not undistinguished city Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a very distinguished city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 21 39 a139 figs-imperative ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me This is an imperative, but as Paul’s phrase **I ask of you** shows, it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please allow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ACT 21 40 qp2q writing-pronouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had allowed The pronoun **he** refers to the Roman commander. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the commander allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 21 40 qp2q writing-pronouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had allowed The pronoun **he** refers to the Roman commander. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the commander allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 40 rk1y translate-symaction κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with his hand to the people This likely means that Paul waved his hand to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. He did this to quiet them. Alternate translation: “waved his hand to the people to signal that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “In the Hebrew language”

Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.

### “The Way”

No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.

### Roman citizenship

The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen. ACT 22 1 lrs0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From e882b0079c4722f1c7c8e131f86afe63101353dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 14:47:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 63f141b343..bc7d8a74c8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ ACT 21 39 a471 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης 1 ACT 21 39 a139 figs-imperative ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me This is an imperative, but as Paul’s phrase **I ask of you** shows, it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please allow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 21 40 qp2q writing-pronouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had allowed The pronoun **he** refers to the Roman commander. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the commander allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 40 rk1y translate-symaction κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with his hand to the people This likely means that Paul waved his hand to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. He did this to quiet them. Alternate translation: “waved his hand to the people to signal that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “In the Hebrew language”

Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.

### “The Way”

No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.

### Roman citizenship

The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen. +ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “In the Hebrew language”\n\nMost Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### Roman citizenship\n\nThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a noncitizen. ACT 22 1 lrs0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 22 1 xe46 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer to his fellow Israelites. He is using the word **fathers** to refer either to Jewish leaders who may be present or to Jewish men who are older than he is. In both cases he is speaking respectfully. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites and you leaders of Israel” or “My fellow Israelites young and old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 22 1 pe8t figs-imperative ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 hear to my defense to you now This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please listen as I explain myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) From 9fe0df5fa0c6511fac732a3d6be5abec76b1c649 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 16:38:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index bc7d8a74c8..afba912ab9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3043,7 +3043,7 @@ ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ ACT 22 3 b1dq translate-names Γαμαλιήλ 1 of Gamaliel The word **Gamaliel** is the name of the man who was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law at this time. See how you translated his name in [5:34](../05/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-abstractnouns κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν 1 according to the strictness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strictness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to the most strict interpretation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 22 3 lqk7 figs-metaphor πατρῴου 1 of our fathers Peter is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today Paul compares himself with the crowd. Alternate translation: “in the same way all of you are today” +ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1 just as all of you are today Paul compares himself with the crowd. Alternate translation: “in the same way that all of you are today” ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου 1 who persecuted this Way unto death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who persecuted this Way to the point of killing those who belonged to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 22 4 a474 writing-pronouns ὃς…ἐδίωξα 1 who persecuted Paul is using the pronoun **who** to refer to himself. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 this Way Here, **this Way** represents the people who belonged to the group called the Way. Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to the group called the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 0478f294e286aa93c1ae164e4c87dc38e5bb3c01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 16:57:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cc5fa28ce4..502c7dcfce 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2259,7 +2259,9 @@ ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦν ROM 12 13 vk5h figs-declarative ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in the needs of the saints, share; pursue hospitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 13 m53s figs-abstractnouns ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων…τὴν φιλοξενίαν 1 Share in the needs of the saints If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **needs** and **hospitality**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the things the saints need … what is hospitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 13 i3nm figs-explicit ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Here Paul implies sharing the things that a person has with those **saints** who have **needs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing what you have to meet the needs of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 14 exd8 1 +ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε 1 These two commands mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not thing the high things, but accept the lowly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Alternate translation: “do not think that you are more important than others” ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Alternate translation: “welcome people who do not seem important” From 18ea5d95fa6aa310f0301b0e1756a92d621a830a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 17:13:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 502c7dcfce..6a282aca08 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ ROM 12 13 i3nm figs-explicit ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοι ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε 1 These two commands mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not thing the high things, but accept the lowly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “considering others the same way you consider yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Alternate translation: “do not think that you are more important than others” ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Alternate translation: “welcome people who do not seem important” ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts Alternate translation: “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else” From 919878a5d2298d7fd9ca9856a5c8cf10bd516a1a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 17:17:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index afba912ab9..cd556dcafd 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ ACT 22 7 a477 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting ACT 22 8 a478 figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, τίς εἶ, κύριε? εἶπέν τε πρὸς ἐμέ, ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος , ὃν σὺ διώκεις 1 And I answered, ‘Who are you, Lord?’ And he said to me, ‘I am Jesus the Nazarene, whom you are persecuting’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And in response I asked this divine figure who he was, and he told me that he was Jesus the Nazarene, whom I was persecuting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 22 8 a479 writing-politeness τίς εἶ, κύριε 1 Who are you, Lord Paul was not yet acknowledging that Jesus was **Lord**. He used that respectful title because he recognized that he was speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 22 9 h95h figs-idiom τὴν…φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 they did not hear the voice In this context the word **hear** likely means “understand,” since Luke says in [9:7](../01/01.md) that the men traveling with Paul did actually hear the voice. You may wish to make this clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “they did not understand the voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 22 10 a480 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπον δέ, τί ποιήσω, Κύριε? ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι 1 But I said, ‘What should I do, Lord?’ And the Lord said to me, ‘Arising, go into Damascus, and there it will be told to you about all that has been appointed to you to do.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But I asked the Lord what I should do, and the Lord told me to get up and go into Damascus, because there it would be told to me about all that had been appointed to me to do.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 22 10 a480 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπον δέ, τί ποιήσω, Κύριε? ὁ δὲ Κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι 1 But I said, ‘What should I do, Lord?’ And the Lord said to me, ‘Arising, go into Damascus, and there it will be told to you about all that has been appointed to you to do.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But I asked the Lord what I should do, and the Lord told me to get up and go into Damascus, because there it would be told to me about all that had been appointed to me to do’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive σοι λαληθήσεται 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 22 10 a481 figs-activepassive πάντων ὧν τέτακταί 1 all that has been appointed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “all that God has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 22 11 n1kb figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 because of the glory of that light If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because that light was so bright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From e1fd2e6980d3ddb695a637b617e549dc57a33699 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 17:20:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index cd556dcafd..4f40ea1d04 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3072,7 +3072,7 @@ ACT 22 13 a483 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφ ACT 22 13 un4g figs-metaphor Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Saul, brother Ananias was using the word **brother** as a title for **Saul**. The two men were not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias was already addressing Saul as someone who shared the same faith. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word “brother” is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 22 13 a484 figs-imperative ἀνάβλεψον 1 look up In one sense, this was not a command that Paul was capable of obeying, since he could not see. Instead, it was a command that directly caused him to be healed, if he would **look up** as if he could see. Alternate translation: “if you look up, you will be able to see” or see next note for another possibility. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative) ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-idiom ἀνάβλεψον 1 look up The expression **look up** can also mean “see again,” that is, to have one’s sight restored. If this is the meaning, then Ananias was telling Paul what Jesus was going to do for him. Alternate translation: “Jesus is restoring your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in the same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of sixty minutes, it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in the same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of 60 minutes, but it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 22 13 x4s0 figs-explicit κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν 1 And…I looked up to him Paul means implicitly that when he **looked up** at Ananias, he was able to see him clearly. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And … when I looked up at him, I could see him” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 14 a485 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν Δίκαιον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 And he said, ‘The God of our fathers appointed you to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And he told me that the God of our fathers had appointed me to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 22 14 a486 figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b13e4b7e56d9d554f92381a5729f9ff8104841d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 17:20:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4f40ea1d04..6087052faf 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3072,7 +3072,7 @@ ACT 22 13 a483 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφ ACT 22 13 un4g figs-metaphor Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Saul, brother Ananias was using the word **brother** as a title for **Saul**. The two men were not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias was already addressing Saul as someone who shared the same faith. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word “brother” is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 22 13 a484 figs-imperative ἀνάβλεψον 1 look up In one sense, this was not a command that Paul was capable of obeying, since he could not see. Instead, it was a command that directly caused him to be healed, if he would **look up** as if he could see. Alternate translation: “if you look up, you will be able to see” or see next note for another possibility. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative) ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-idiom ἀνάβλεψον 1 look up The expression **look up** can also mean “see again,” that is, to have one’s sight restored. If this is the meaning, then Ananias was telling Paul what Jesus was going to do for him. Alternate translation: “Jesus is restoring your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in the same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of 60 minutes, but it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in the same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of 60 minutes, but it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right at that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 22 13 x4s0 figs-explicit κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν 1 And…I looked up to him Paul means implicitly that when he **looked up** at Ananias, he was able to see him clearly. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And … when I looked up at him, I could see him” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 14 a485 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν Δίκαιον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 And he said, ‘The God of our fathers appointed you to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And he told me that the God of our fathers had appointed me to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 22 14 a486 figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 24896d331eb23d1cfd4edd19ec1d15fa14df35a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 17:30:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6a282aca08..36ea685378 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2263,9 +2263,9 @@ ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθ ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not thing the high things, but accept the lowly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “considering others the same way you consider yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Alternate translation: “do not think that you are more important than others” -ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Alternate translation: “welcome people who do not seem important” -ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts Alternate translation: “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else” +ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways This clause refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-idiom τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly things** refers to people who are poor or have a lower position in their society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Alternate translation: “do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you” ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Alternate translation: “do things that everyone considers to be good” ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” From 080b0f52f6419c9c6d2ac3785dddaa25d2673bb2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 17:34:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6087052faf..1299a5f043 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ ACT 22 13 x4s0 figs-explicit κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν ACT 22 14 a485 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν Δίκαιον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 And he said, ‘The God of our fathers appointed you to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And he told me that the God of our fathers had appointed me to know his will and to see the Righteous One and to hear the voice from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 22 14 a486 figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 22 14 a487 figs-nominaladj τὸν Δίκαιον 1 the Righteous One Ananias is using the adjective **Righteous** as a noun to mean a particular person who is righteous. ULT adds the word **one** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 22 14 a488 figs-metonymy τὸν Δίκαιον 1 the Righteous One Ananais is referring to the Messiah by association with the way the Messiah was **Righteous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 22 14 a488 figs-metonymy τὸν Δίκαιον 1 the Righteous One Ananias is referring to the Messiah by association with the way the Messiah was **Righteous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-explicitinfo φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the voice from his own mouth It might seem that the expression **the voice from his own mouth** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “his own voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 22 15 a489 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους, ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 for you will be a witness for him to all men of what you have seen and heard If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation, continuing from the previous verse: “because I would be a witness for him to all men of what I had seen and heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Although the term **men** is masculine, Ananias was using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ ACT 22 16 bhg9 καὶ νῦν 1 And now Here, **now** does not mean “at this ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις? 1 why are you delaying? ACT 22 16 a491 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 Arising Here the term **arising** means that Ananias wanted Paul to take action, not that he wanted him to stand up from a sitting or lying position. Alternate translation: “Come on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 22 16 lt2i figs-activepassive βάπτισαι 1 be baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 and wash away your sins Ananias is speaking as if Paul could literally **wash away** his **sins**. He is using a word picture to convey his meaning. He means that just as washing one’s body removes dirt, if Paul repents and asks Jesus for forgiveness, Jesus release him from the guilt and power sin. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to show that you are asking Jesus to free you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 and wash away your sins Ananias is speaking as if Paul could literally **wash away** his **sins**. He is using a word picture to convey his meaning. He means that just as washing one’s body removes dirt, if Paul repents and asks Jesus for forgiveness, Jesus releases him from the guilt and power sin. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to show that you are asking Jesus to free you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 22 16 g5dq figs-metonymy ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 calling on his name Here, **name** represents a person by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “calling on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 22 16 a492 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name By **his name**, Ananias implicitly means the name of Jesus. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 17 its2 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δέ μοι 1 And it happened to me that Paul is using this phrase to introduce a significant development in his story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new development. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From 5edc5f319ad0df3ea06f3ea43a6e21a5b0c2083b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 17:51:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 36ea685378..85da253ea0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2264,9 +2264,10 @@ ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κ ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not thing the high things, but accept the lowly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “considering others the same way you consider yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways This clause refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-idiom τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly things** refers to people who are poor or have a lower position in their society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or have a lower position in society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are not worthy of their rank. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Alternate translation: “do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you” +ROM 12 17 h2tz figs-declarative μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Repay no one evil for evil Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “repay no one evil for evil; give careful thought to good things in the sight of all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 17 hnte figs-idiom μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Alternate translation: “do things that everyone considers to be good” ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 36027839a725ea6f04771acef72eddb399caea3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 18:24:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 85da253ea0..9faecc50e0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2267,8 +2267,10 @@ ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do no ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or have a lower position in society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are not worthy of their rank. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 17 h2tz figs-declarative μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Repay no one evil for evil Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “repay no one evil for evil; give careful thought to good things in the sight of all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 17 hnte figs-idiom μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil -ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Alternate translation: “do things that everyone considers to be good” +ROM 12 17 ae3j figs-abstractnouns κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ…προνοούμενοι…ἐνώπιον 1 Repay no one evil for evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 12 17 hnte figs-metaphor μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 12 17 fzh8 καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men consider to be good” +ROM 12 17 c8lw figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 56968580b92c498268e327a385b4cf0a4c6aa63c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 18:39:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1299a5f043..145dccbc62 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3091,8 +3091,8 @@ ACT 22 16 g5dq figs-metonymy ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα α ACT 22 16 a492 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name By **his name**, Ananias implicitly means the name of Jesus. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 17 its2 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δέ μοι 1 And it happened to me that Paul is using this phrase to introduce a significant development in his story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new development. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 22 18 a493 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι, σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ Ἰερουσαλήμ, διότι οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 And I saw him saying to me, ‘Hurry and go away in haste from Jerusalem, because they will not accept your testimony about me’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And I saw him telling me to hurry and go away in haste from Jerusalem because they would not accept my testimony about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -ACT 22 18 jy2c writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 22 18 a494 figs-doublet σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει 1 Hurry and go away in haste The expressions **hurry** and **in haste** mean similar things. Jesus was using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Go away as fast as you can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 22 18 jy2c writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 22 18 a494 figs-doublet σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει 1 Hurry and go away in haste The expressions **Hurry** and **in haste** mean similar things. Jesus was using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Go away as fast as you can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 22 19 a495 figs-quotesinquotes κἀγὼ εἶπον, Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς, τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ 1 And I said, ‘Lord, they themselves know that I was imprisoning and beating by synagogues those who believed in you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And I told the Lord that they themselves knew that I was imprisoning and beating by synagogues those who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 22 19 q5cl writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know The pronouns **they themselves** refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews here in Jerusalem who do not believe in you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 22 19 im4n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται 1 they themselves know Paul is adding the word **themselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “they know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) @@ -3101,10 +3101,10 @@ ACT 22 20 udrd figs-activepassive ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφ ACT 22 20 y7t1 figs-metonymy ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου 1 the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled Paul is referring to Stephen’s death by association with the way his **blood** was **spilled** when his enemies killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Stephen your witness killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 22 21 a497 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν πρός με, πορεύου, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε 1 But he said to me, ‘Go, because I will send you far away to the Gentiles’” If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he told me to go because he would send me far away to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 22 22 a498 figs-metonymy τούτου τοῦ λόγου 1 this word This could mean: (1) that the crowd became upset when they heard the specific **word** “Gentiles.” Alternate translation: “they heard the word ‘Gentiles’ (2) that the term **word** means what Paul said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 22 22 a499 figs-metaphor ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες 1 they lifted up their voice, saying Luke is speaking as if crowd in Jerusalem literally **lifted up** its **voice**. He means that they spoke loudly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they shouted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 22 22 a500 τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 their voice If you would like to retain the metaphor in your translation of lifting up a voice but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole group of people had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their voices” -ACT 22 22 ta8z figs-metonymy αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 Remove such a one from the earth The crowd is referring to Pauls death by association with the way they would **remove** him **from the earth** if they killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Kill such a one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 22 22 a501 figs-explicit οὐ…καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῆν 1 it was not right for him to live The crowd means implicitly that it was **not right** for Paul to **live** even long enough to offer the explanation he was giving. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “we should have killed him even before he spoke to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 22 22 a499 figs-metaphor ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες 1 they lifted up their voice, saying Luke is speaking as if the crowd in Jerusalem literally **lifted up** its **voice**. He means that they spoke loudly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they shouted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 22 22 a500 τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 their voice If you would like to retain the metaphor in your translation of "lifting up a voice" but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole group of people had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their voices” +ACT 22 22 ta8z figs-metonymy αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 Remove such a one from the earth The crowd is referring to Paul's death by association with the way they would **remove** him **from the earth** if they killed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Kill such a one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 22 22 a501 figs-explicit οὐ…καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῆν 1 it was not right for him to live The crowd meant implicitly that it was **not right** for Paul to **live** even long enough to offer the explanation he was giving. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “we should have killed him even before he spoke to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια 1 casting off their outer garments When the people in the crowd removed their outer garments, this was at least a symbolic action indicating that they felt they should stone Paul to death. They took off their long robes as they would have done in order to throw stones at Paul more easily. But some of the people may actually have intended to try to stone Paul even though he was in the custody of the Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “casting off their outer garments as if they were going to throw stones at Paul to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 22 23 a502 translate-symaction κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing dust into the air This could mean: (1) that the people in the crowd were **throwing dust into the air** to symbolize how they wanted to throw stones at Paul, who was on the steps above them. Alternate translation: “throwing dust into the air as if they were throwing stones at Paul” (2) that the people in the crowd were doing this to demonstrate how angry they were. Alternate translation: “angrily throwing dust into the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 ordered him to be brought If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 6e1bec4a921ea43404c17b6cb2e4ae473d08ad74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 18:46:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 145dccbc62..919081b9c5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ ACT 22 23 a502 translate-symaction κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰ ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 ordered him to be brought If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 22 24 sth6 τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 the fortress This **fortress** was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [21:34](../21/34.md). ACT 22 24 og3n figs-activepassive εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by scourges If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-metonymy εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by scourges The commanded did not want **scourges** to conduct this examination. Luke is referring to the act of whipping someone by association with the instruments that the commander ordered his soldiers to use for whipping, **scourges**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourging him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-metonymy εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by scourges The commander did not want **scourges** to conduct this examination. Luke is referring to the act of whipping someone by association with the instruments, **scourges**, that the commander ordered his soldiers to use for whipping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourging him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 22 24 a503 translate-unknown μάστιξιν 1 by scourges The term **scourges** describes leathern thongs that had pieces of metal sewn up in them. Your language may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “by whips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 22 25 ar63 writing-pronouns προέτειναν 1 they stretched…out The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers who were going to whip Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 22 25 a504 figs-quotations εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον ὁ Παῦλος, εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν? 1 Paul said to the centurion standing by, “If it is lawful for you to scourge a man Roman and uncondemned?” Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Paul asked the centurion who was standing by whether it was lawful for him and his soliders to scourge a man who was a Roman and had not been condemned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) From 6332d4819e15316c0955ee09c8d45ddd61e20cfb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 18:53:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9faecc50e0..1bbfc478c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2269,9 +2269,11 @@ ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑα ROM 12 17 h2tz figs-declarative μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Repay no one evil for evil Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “repay no one evil for evil; give careful thought to good things in the sight of all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 17 ae3j figs-abstractnouns κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ…προνοούμενοι…ἐνώπιον 1 Repay no one evil for evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 12 17 hnte figs-metaphor μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -ROM 12 17 fzh8 καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men consider to be good” +ROM 12 17 fzh8 figs-metaphor καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people mentally perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men perceive to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 17 c8lw figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” +ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “so far as it depends on you” or “as much as it is up to you” +ROM 12 18 nzwf figs-declarative μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “live at peace with all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 18 fbzh figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 9b5f5acecd34cd7a720e0b683fc5c3714403a662 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 18:54:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 919081b9c5..111f8d781b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι α ACT 22 24 sth6 τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 the fortress This **fortress** was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [21:34](../21/34.md). ACT 22 24 og3n figs-activepassive εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by scourges If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-metonymy εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanding him to be examined by scourges The commander did not want **scourges** to conduct this examination. Luke is referring to the act of whipping someone by association with the instruments, **scourges**, that the commander ordered his soldiers to use for whipping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to examine him by scourging him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 22 24 a503 translate-unknown μάστιξιν 1 by scourges The term **scourges** describes leathern thongs that had pieces of metal sewn up in them. Your language may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “by whips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 22 24 a503 translate-unknown μάστιξιν 1 by scourges The term **scourges** describes leathern thongs that had small pieces of metal attached to them to inflict more damage. Your language may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “by whips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 22 25 ar63 writing-pronouns προέτειναν 1 they stretched…out The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers who were going to whip Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 22 25 a504 figs-quotations εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον ὁ Παῦλος, εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν? 1 Paul said to the centurion standing by, “If it is lawful for you to scourge a man Roman and uncondemned?” Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Paul asked the centurion who was standing by whether it was lawful for him and his soliders to scourge a man who was a Roman and had not been condemned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν? 1 If it is lawful for you to whip a man Roman and uncondemned? Paul is using the question form to challenge the right of the centurion and his soldiers to whip him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman citizen and who is uncondemned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 03795f4ae7903f3ba88a27480eed1f9ebc5fd1e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 18:57:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 111f8d781b..cb8061ee2e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@ ACT 22 25 a505 figs-explicit ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκα ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? 1 What are you about to do? The centurion is using the question form to warn the commander that he should not have Paul whipped. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 22 26 a506 figs-synecdoche τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? 1 What are you about to do? The centurion is speaking of the commander, one person who was involved in having Paul whipped, to mean everyone who was involved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We should not be doing this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 22 26 a507 figs-explicit Ῥωμαῖός 1 a Roman As in the previous verse, here the term **Roman** implicitly indicates Roman citizenship. Alternate translation: “a Roman citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 22 27 pe31 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ὁ 1 to him…he The pronouns **them** **him** and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul…he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 22 27 pe31 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ὁ 1 to him…he The pronouns **them**, **him**, and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul … he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 22 28 dr2w figs-explicit ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money The commander is saying implicitly that does not believe that Paul is a Roman citizen, because Paul does not appear to be wealthy enough to have purchased citizenship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It requires a large sum of money to purchase citizenship, and you do not seem to be wealthy, so I do not believe that you are a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large sum of money If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen by paying a large sum of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 22 28 a508 figs-ellipsis ἐγὼ…καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I indeed was born Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I indeed was born a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From e4a35b74a5d10cf81519355aff285e22b81dac85 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 19:02:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index cb8061ee2e..90903d3671 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? 1 What are you ACT 22 26 a506 figs-synecdoche τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? 1 What are you about to do? The centurion is speaking of the commander, one person who was involved in having Paul whipped, to mean everyone who was involved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We should not be doing this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 22 26 a507 figs-explicit Ῥωμαῖός 1 a Roman As in the previous verse, here the term **Roman** implicitly indicates Roman citizenship. Alternate translation: “a Roman citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 27 pe31 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ὁ 1 to him…he The pronouns **them**, **him**, and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul … he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 22 28 dr2w figs-explicit ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money The commander is saying implicitly that does not believe that Paul is a Roman citizen, because Paul does not appear to be wealthy enough to have purchased citizenship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It requires a large sum of money to purchase citizenship, and you do not seem to be wealthy, so I do not believe that you are a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 22 28 dr2w figs-explicit ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money The commander is saying implicitly that he does not believe that Paul is a Roman citizen, because Paul does not appear to be wealthy enough to have purchased citizenship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It requires a large sum of money to purchase citizenship, and you do not seem to be wealthy, so I do not believe that you are a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 I bought this citizenship with a large sum of money If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **citizenship**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen by paying a large sum of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 22 28 a508 figs-ellipsis ἐγὼ…καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I indeed was born Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I indeed was born a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 22 28 rly1 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I indeed was born If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I indeed have been a citizen since birth” or “I indeed inherited citizenship from my father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7b5966e3849522555b8c5ed9831a13f94a511a50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 19:14:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 90903d3671..35bbb5d505 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3127,13 +3127,13 @@ ACT 22 28 rly1 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I in ACT 22 29 a509 figs-explicit ἐφοβήθη 1 was afraid The implication is that the commander **was afraid** that the higher Roman authorities would punish him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “was afraid that the higher Roman authorities would punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 30 a510 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀσφαλὲς 1 the certain Luke is using the adjective **certain** as a noun to mean what was reliable or true about Paul. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-explicit ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 he released him This means implicitly not that the commander **released** Paul from custody but that he freed Paul from the chains that were binding him to one solider on each side of him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to unchain Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Resurrection of the dead

The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])

### “Called a curse”

Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.

### Roman citizenship

The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Whitewash

This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 23 1 lrs1 figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You brothers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Resurrection of the dead\n\nThe Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### “Called a curse”\n\nSome Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.\n\n### Roman citizenship\n\nThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Whitewash\n\nThis is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 23 1 lrs1 figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “brothers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 23 1 lrs5 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer respectfully to his fellow Israelites. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 23 1 nn2q figs-hyperbole πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ 1 in all good conscience Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in careful obedience to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 23 2 yz4n translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias **Ananias** is the name of a man. See how you translated the same name for two other men in [5:1](../05/01.md) and [9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 23 2 a565 translate-symaction τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα 1 to strike his mouth Ananias ordered this as a symbolic action to show that he believed Paul had said something with his **mouth** that he should not have said. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “to strike his mouth because he believed Paul had said something he should not have said ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 you whitewashed wall Paul is referring to the way a **wall** can be painted white to make it look clean. Paul was suggesting that in the same way, Ananias appeared to look morally innocent, but he was really full of evil intent. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who pretend to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 23 3 igq4 figs-metaphor τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε 1 you whitewashed wall Paul is referring to the way a **wall** can be painted white to make it look clean. Paul was suggesting that, in the same way, Ananias appeared to look morally innocent, but he was really full of evil intent. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who pretend to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 23 3 un7g figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι? 1 And do you sit judging me by the law and, acting contrary to the law, command me to be struck? Paul is using the question form to challenge Ananias for what he has done. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not sit judging me by the law while acting contrary to the law by commanding me to be struck!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 23 3 m6nb figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 command me to be struck If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “command someone to strike me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 23 4 lkh8 figs-rquestion τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς? 1 Are you insulting the high priest of God? The men standing by Paul are using the question form to rebuke him for saying what he said. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not insult the high priest of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 0fcdc5272f9cd88152bd77f7cc15a63221fb5b5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 19:39:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 35bbb5d505..b1fec75f10 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3158,7 +3158,7 @@ ACT 23 9 a520 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτ ACT 23 9 a521 figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος … 1 And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel … These Pharisees are making the first part of a conditional statement and leaving the second part for the Sadduccees to realize on their own. If this would be unclear to your readers, you could supply the second part of this conditional statement in your translation. Alternate translation: “And if a spirit spoke to him, or an angel, then you should find no evil in this man either.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 23 10 f568 figs-activepassive διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Paul be torn apart by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they tear Paul apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 23 10 tqhu figs-hyperbole μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 lest Paul be torn apart by them Luke is making an overstatement here to emphasize the danger that Paul was in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “lest they cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 23 11 i9w5 figs-idiom τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 on the following night This expression indicates the **night** after the day Paul went before the council. In your translation, express this in the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 23 11 i9w5 figs-idiom τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ 1 on the following night This expression indicates the **night** after the day Paul went before the council. In your translation, express this in the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “during the night that followed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 23 11 a522 writing-politeness ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 23 11 r4q4 figs-explicit εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι 1 to testify in Rome Jesus assumes that Paul will know that he means Paul will **testify** about him in Rome. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 23 12 a523 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From b13189008630e06f515ffb823a3e44d6ad89159f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 20:13:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b1fec75f10..158590e5e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3166,7 +3166,7 @@ ACT 23 12 g3sj figs-explicit ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 cursed ACT 23 12 a524 figs-quotations λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Παῦλον 1 saying neither to eat nor to drink until they had killed Paul It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘We will neither eat or drink until we have killed Paul’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 23 14 a525 figs-explicitinfo ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς 1 We have cursed ourselves with a curse It might seem that the expression **cursed ourselves with a curse** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “cursed ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 23 14 a526 figs-synecdoche μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι 1 to eat nothing Since the men actually swore that they would **eat** or drink nothing, they are using one part of their oath to represent all of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to eat and drink nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 23 15 u8xm figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, the conspirators mean themselves but not chief priests and leders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 23 15 u8xm figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, the conspirators mean themselves but not chief priests and leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 23 15 a527 figs-imperative ἐμφανίσατε 1 make it appear This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. Alternate translation: “we would like you to make it appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 23 16 a531 figs-metonymy ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 hearing the ambush Luke means that the son of Paul’s sister heard some of the conspirators talking about the **ambush**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hearing people talk about the ambush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 23 16 w6fe translate-kinship ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 the son of the sister of Paul Luke does not tell us whether this **sister** was older or younger than Paul, but describe this relationship in the way that would be most natural for your language and cuture. Alternate translation: “Paul’s nephew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) From 9336a9bd249ba9cdd06fc45be4b896e81f5924c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 20:16:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 158590e5e3..9194353720 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3169,8 +3169,8 @@ ACT 23 14 a526 figs-synecdoche μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι 1 to eat nothi ACT 23 15 u8xm figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, the conspirators mean themselves but not chief priests and leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 23 15 a527 figs-imperative ἐμφανίσατε 1 make it appear This is an imperative, but it communicates a request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a request. Alternate translation: “we would like you to make it appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 23 16 a531 figs-metonymy ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 hearing the ambush Luke means that the son of Paul’s sister heard some of the conspirators talking about the **ambush**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hearing people talk about the ambush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 23 16 w6fe translate-kinship ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 the son of the sister of Paul Luke does not tell us whether this **sister** was older or younger than Paul, but describe this relationship in the way that would be most natural for your language and cuture. Alternate translation: “Paul’s nephew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -ACT 23 17 a528 figs-imperative ἄπαγε 1 take This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +ACT 23 16 w6fe translate-kinship ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 the son of the sister of Paul Luke does not tell us whether this **sister** was older or younger than Paul, but describe this relationship in the way that would be most natural for your language and cuture. Alternate translation: “Paul’s nephew” or "the nephew of Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +ACT 23 17 a528 figs-imperative ἄπαγε 1 take This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 23 18 abd0 writing-pronouns ὁ…παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 taking him, he brought him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul’s nephew, and the pronoun **he** refers to the centurion. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “taking Paul’s nephew, the centurion brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 18 lrs3 φησίν 1 says To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” ACT 23 19 a530 translate-symaction ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 taking hold of his hand The chiliarch **taking hold** of the **hand** of Paul’s nephew was more than was needed simply to lead the nephew to a **private** location. This was a symbolic action that assured the nephew that the chiliarch would protect him and that he could therefore speak safely and confidentially. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “taking hold of his hand to reassure him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 1020a7092028b7b5405cb2de680aa75062356433 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 20:18:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 9 +++++++-- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1bbfc478c6..68785b5d30 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2274,8 +2274,13 @@ ROM 12 17 c8lw figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good thi ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “so far as it depends on you” or “as much as it is up to you” ROM 12 18 nzwf figs-declarative μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “live at peace with all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 18 fbzh figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 19 e0hc figs-declarative μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοί, ἀλλὰ δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give way to God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 12 19 zre0 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὀργῇ…ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 give way to his wrath If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to God being wrathful … I will avenge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n +ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap The pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry … his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of scripture. Alternate translation: “But the scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For doing this, you will heap coals of fire on his head’” From d025a84d5df85949005e3b1ec50b09aa771f5a46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 20:21:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 68785b5d30..66962b5373 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap The pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry … his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of scripture. Alternate translation: “But the scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For doing this, you will heap coals of fire on his head’” ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot **coals** on their heads. This could mean: (1) you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) you will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fe7b3ee4a14c931b204b77f8aad9f99d26d1ac4d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 20:37:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9194353720..12e6d3a980 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3174,11 +3174,11 @@ ACT 23 17 a528 figs-imperative ἄπαγε 1 take This is an imperative, but it ACT 23 18 abd0 writing-pronouns ὁ…παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 taking him, he brought him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul’s nephew, and the pronoun **he** refers to the centurion. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “taking Paul’s nephew, the centurion brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 18 lrs3 φησίν 1 says To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” ACT 23 19 a530 translate-symaction ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 taking hold of his hand The chiliarch **taking hold** of the **hand** of Paul’s nephew was more than was needed simply to lead the nephew to a **private** location. This was a symbolic action that assured the nephew that the chiliarch would protect him and that he could therefore speak safely and confidentially. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “taking hold of his hand to reassure him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews Paul’s nephew is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews Paul’s nephew is using the name of a whole group, **The Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 23 21 a532 figs-activepassive σὺ…μὴ πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς 1 may you not be persuaded by them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may they not persuade you” or “do not let them persuade you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 23 21 a533 figs-metonymy τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise from you By the word **promise**, Paul’s nephew is referring to the commander agreeing to bring Paul to the Sanhedrin the next day and actually bringing him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you to bring Paul to the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 23 22 a534 figs-quotations παραγγείλας, μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρὸς ἐμέ 1 commanding him to tell no one that “you have reported these things to me” Here Luke begins an indirect quotation but finishes it as a direct quotation. It may be more natural in your language for the entire quotation to be either indirect or direct. Alternate translation: “commanding him to tell no one that he had reported these things to him” or “commanding him, ‘Tell no one that you have reported these things to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 200 spearmen Alternate translation: “two hundred soldiers who are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 200 spearmen Alternate translation: “200 soldiers who are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) ACT 23 23 kg8s figs-idiom τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night In your translation, you may wish to express this in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock this evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 23 24 a535 figs-quotations κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον, διασώσωσι πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα, 1 and to provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor Here Luke finishes as an indirect quotation the direct quotation that began in the previous verse. It may be more natural in your language to finish the quotation as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “and provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 23 24 a536 writing-pronouns διασώσωσι 1 they may bring him safely The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, horsemen, and spearmen described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these troops may bring him safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From f024ae6fa40f2df1e172477d7a19c699b6245d51 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 20:50:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 66962b5373..4f12bdcbdb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2281,7 +2281,10 @@ ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap The pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry … his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of scripture. Alternate translation: “But the scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For doing this, you will heap coals of fire on his head’” ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot **coals** on their heads. This could mean: (1) you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) you will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 96328b7523fe56548ba38a022b406bde6664558b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 20:59:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 12e6d3a980..1728b06b39 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3180,7 +3180,7 @@ ACT 23 21 a533 figs-metonymy τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 th ACT 23 22 a534 figs-quotations παραγγείλας, μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρὸς ἐμέ 1 commanding him to tell no one that “you have reported these things to me” Here Luke begins an indirect quotation but finishes it as a direct quotation. It may be more natural in your language for the entire quotation to be either indirect or direct. Alternate translation: “commanding him to tell no one that he had reported these things to him” or “commanding him, ‘Tell no one that you have reported these things to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 200 spearmen Alternate translation: “200 soldiers who are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) ACT 23 23 kg8s figs-idiom τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night In your translation, you may wish to express this in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock this evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 23 24 a535 figs-quotations κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον, διασώσωσι πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα, 1 and to provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor Here Luke finishes as an indirect quotation the direct quotation that began in the previous verse. It may be more natural in your language to finish the quotation as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “and provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 23 24 a535 figs-quotations κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον, διασώσωσι πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα, 1 and to provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor Here Luke finishes as an indirect quotation the direct quotation that began in the previous verse. It may be more natural in your language to continue and finish the quotation as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “and provide animals so that, having set Paul on them, they may bring him safely to Felix the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 23 24 a536 writing-pronouns διασώσωσι 1 they may bring him safely The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, horsemen, and spearmen described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these troops may bring him safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 24 av3h translate-names Φήλικα 1 Felix The word **Felix** is the name of the man who was the Roman **governor** of Judea at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 23 25 a537 figs-explicit γράψας ἐπιστολὴν 1 writing a letter Luke means implicitly that the commander gave the instructions described in the previous two verses by “summoning” two centurions and **writing** the letter quoted in verses 26–30. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He also wrote a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -3193,7 +3193,7 @@ ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The commande ACT 23 27 a538 figs-explicit Ῥωμαῖός 1 a Roman Here the term **Roman** implicitly indicates Roman citizenship. Alternate translation: “a Roman citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 23 28 a539 figs-extrainfo κατήγαγον 1 I took him down The commander says that he took Paul ** down** to the Sanhedrin because he brought him down the steps from the Roman fortress to the temple courtyard. It may not be necessary to reproduce this detail in your translation. Alternate translation: “I brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ACT 23 29 zt4f figs-activepassive ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν; μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα 1 whom I found being accused about questions of their law but having no accusation worthy of death or chains If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I found that the Jews were accusing him about questions of their law, but they were not accusing him of anything worthy of death or chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-metonymy θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν 1 death or chains The commander is using the word **death** to mean a penalty of death. He is referring to imprisonment by association with the way that the Romans used **chains** to secure prisoners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “execution or imprisonment” or “being put to death or being put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-metonymy θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν 1 death or chains The commander is using the word **death** to mean a penalty of death. He is referring to imprisonment by association with the way that the Romans used **chains** to secure prisoners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “execution or imprisonment” or “of being put to death or being put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης…μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἔσεσθαι 1 when a plot that was to be against the man was revealed to me If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone revealed to me that there was going to be a plot against the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 23 31 ny4k figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς 1 according to what had been commanded to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what the chiliarch had commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα 1 Antipatris The word **Antipatris** is the name of a city. It was located about halfway between Jerusalem and Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 91bba29c2cc2981d70eb7ccf280fca32256dcbb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 21:08:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1728b06b39..3ac5b0081e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3197,7 +3197,7 @@ ACT 23 29 wsh2 figs-metonymy θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν 1 death or chains ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης…μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἔσεσθαι 1 when a plot that was to be against the man was revealed to me If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone revealed to me that there was going to be a plot against the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 23 31 ny4k figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς 1 according to what had been commanded to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what the chiliarch had commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα 1 Antipatris The word **Antipatris** is the name of a city. It was located about halfway between Jerusalem and Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 23 32 abd1 writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν…αὐτῷ 1 they returned…him The pronoun **they** refers to the soliders, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers … Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 23 32 abd1 writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν…αὐτῷ 1 they returned…him The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 33 abx1 writing-pronouns οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ 1 who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsement reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 having asked what province he was from It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 23 35 mga2 figs-activepassive κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 commanding him to be guarded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3c60a348cdd7352b7f2181517882823b396b1f09 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 21:10:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3ac5b0081e..786f2c0b8a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3198,9 +3198,9 @@ ACT 23 30 i2ji figs-activepassive μηνυθείσης…μοι ἐπιβουλ ACT 23 31 ny4k figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς 1 according to what had been commanded to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what the chiliarch had commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα 1 Antipatris The word **Antipatris** is the name of a city. It was located about halfway between Jerusalem and Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 23 32 abd1 writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν…αὐτῷ 1 they returned…him The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 23 33 abx1 writing-pronouns οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ 1 who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsement reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 23 33 abx1 writing-pronouns οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ 1 who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsemen reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 having asked what province he was from It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 23 35 mga2 figs-activepassive κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 commanding him to be guarded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 35 mga2 figs-activepassive κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 commanding him to be guarded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Respect

Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Governmental leaders

The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 24 1 a540 writing-participants ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός 1 a certain orator, Tertullus Luke is using the phrase **a certain orator** to introduce **Tertullus** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 24 1 f3vx translate-unknown ῥήτορος 1 an orator In this context, the term **orator** means a person who spoke well and who was well acquainted with Roman law. Either an accuser or a defendant might employ such a person to argue a case for them in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “a courtroom lawyer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 6e180ae8a8b87e955ae74e820b26b2ea2c33a25d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 21:13:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 786f2c0b8a..f3035f530d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3064,7 +3064,7 @@ ACT 22 10 a480 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπον δέ, τί ποιήσω, Κύρι ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive σοι λαληθήσεται 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 22 10 a481 figs-activepassive πάντων ὧν τέτακταί 1 all that has been appointed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “all that God has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 22 11 n1kb figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου 1 because of the glory of that light If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because that light was so bright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 22 11 qyf0 figs-activepassive χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι 1 being led by the hand by the ones being with me If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with those who were with me leading me by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 22 11 qyf0 figs-activepassive χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι 1 being led by the hand by the ones being with me If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with the ones being with me leading me by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 22 11 a482 figs-go ἦλθον 1 I came In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “I went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 22 12 a17q writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς 1 a certain devout man Paul is using the phrase **a certain devout man** to introduce **Ananias** as a new participant in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 being attested by all the Jews living there If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom all the Jews there attested” or “of whom all the Jews there spoke well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@ ACT 23 31 ifs1 translate-names τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα 1 Antipatris The ACT 23 32 abd1 writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν…αὐτῷ 1 they returned…him The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 33 abx1 writing-pronouns οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ 1 who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsemen reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 having asked what province he was from It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 23 35 mga2 figs-activepassive κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 commanding him to be guarded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 23 35 mga2 figs-activepassive κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 commanding him to be guarded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Respect

Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Governmental leaders

The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 24 1 a540 writing-participants ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός 1 a certain orator, Tertullus Luke is using the phrase **a certain orator** to introduce **Tertullus** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 24 1 f3vx translate-unknown ῥήτορος 1 an orator In this context, the term **orator** means a person who spoke well and who was well acquainted with Roman law. Either an accuser or a defendant might employ such a person to argue a case for them in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “a courtroom lawyer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From adc62a06902575be654c7c7e8b4afd2fa6e2650c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 21:18:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f3035f530d..027e9d6bfc 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3201,13 +3201,13 @@ ACT 23 32 abd1 writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν…αὐτῷ 1 they return ACT 23 33 abx1 writing-pronouns οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ 1 who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsemen reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 having asked what province he was from It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 23 35 mga2 figs-activepassive κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 commanding him to be guarded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Respect

Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Governmental leaders

The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nPaul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Respect\n\nBoth the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Governmental leaders\n\nThe words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 24 1 a540 writing-participants ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός 1 a certain orator, Tertullus Luke is using the phrase **a certain orator** to introduce **Tertullus** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 24 1 f3vx translate-unknown ῥήτορος 1 an orator In this context, the term **orator** means a person who spoke well and who was well acquainted with Roman law. Either an accuser or a defendant might employ such a person to argue a case for them in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “a courtroom lawyer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου τινός 1 Tertullus The word **Tertullus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 24 1 a541 figs-idiom κατέβη 1 came down Luke says that these men **came down** to Caesarea because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way of referring to traveling downward in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 24 2 a542 figs-activepassive κληθέντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had been summoned If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the governor summoned Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 24 2 a543 writing-pronouns κατηγορεῖν 1 to accuse him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 24 2 a543 writing-pronouns κατηγορεῖν 1 to accuse him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to accuse Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive τυγχάνοντες 1 we are obtaining By **we**, Tertullus himself and his fellow Jews but not Governor Felix to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 24 2 qw1r writing-pronouns σοῦ…σῆς 1 you…your Here the words **you** and **your** refer to Felix, the governor. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “you, Governor Felix…your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 24 2 a544 figs-explicit τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 for this people Tertullus assumes that Governor Felix will understand that by **this people**, he means the Jewish people. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 5a9fea698f05f45dda9f353229ef06f4b1aa172d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 21:25:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4f12bdcbdb..232d680ce2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀ ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap The pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry … his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of scripture. Alternate translation: “But the scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For doing this, you will heap coals of fire on his head’” ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot **coals** on their heads. This could mean: (1) you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) you will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as though it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 3c484461e63c5d016590cd0ae578ba1b6a59ac3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 21:55:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 232d680ce2..3deb2263f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2285,9 +2285,11 @@ ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀ ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry … his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of scripture. Alternate translation: “But the scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For doing this, you will heap coals of fire on his head’” -ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot **coals** on their heads. This could mean: (1) you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) you will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being blessed by someone whom he had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God punishing that person very severely. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as though it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. From 7150a929fb3b389e675d876f32239dedca4e7800 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 22:12:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3deb2263f0..dc1dcca1ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2290,9 +2290,9 @@ ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψ ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being blessed by someone whom he had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God punishing that person very severely. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as though it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 21 p7fd μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. +ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or by conquered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil influence you, but use good to prevent the influence of evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly rulers

When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers. ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here, **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Let every Christian obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From dce823e15e00a6a190504616f425f92efa12233f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 22:12:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 027e9d6bfc..6e5e494c3d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3208,8 +3208,8 @@ ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου τινός 1 Tertullus The word ACT 24 1 a541 figs-idiom κατέβη 1 came down Luke says that these men **came down** to Caesarea because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way of referring to traveling downward in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 24 2 a542 figs-activepassive κληθέντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had been summoned If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the governor summoned Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 24 2 a543 writing-pronouns κατηγορεῖν 1 to accuse him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to accuse Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive τυγχάνοντες 1 we are obtaining By **we**, Tertullus himself and his fellow Jews but not Governor Felix to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 24 2 qw1r writing-pronouns σοῦ…σῆς 1 you…your Here the words **you** and **your** refer to Felix, the governor. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “you, Governor Felix…your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive τυγχάνοντες 1 we are obtaining By **we**, Tertullus means himself and his fellow Jews but not Governor Felix, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 24 2 qw1r writing-pronouns σοῦ…σῆς 1 you…your Here the words **you** and **your** refer to Felix, the governor. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “you, Governor Felix … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 24 2 a544 figs-explicit τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 for this people Tertullus assumes that Governor Felix will understand that by **this people**, he means the Jewish people. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 24 3 a545 figs-hyperbole πάντῃ…πανταχοῦ…πάσης 1 every way…everywhere…all Tertullus says these things as overstatements for emphasis. Since Luke is quoting directly from his speech, it would be appropriate to retain these overstatements in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 24 3 q3fj writing-politeness κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). Alternate translation: “Your Excellency, Governor Felix” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) From d53ea851a5cec654a5b79b872e62385751f2fb66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 22:33:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dc1dcca1ba..b2cdd7882d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψ ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being blessed by someone whom he had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God punishing that person very severely. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or by conquered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil influence you, but use good to prevent the influence of evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly rulers

When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) From 555e2d879ba511c460b28a222e24b35084e41def Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 22:36:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6e5e494c3d..8d61806300 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3210,7 +3210,7 @@ ACT 24 2 a542 figs-activepassive κληθέντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had ACT 24 2 a543 writing-pronouns κατηγορεῖν 1 to accuse him The pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to accuse Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive τυγχάνοντες 1 we are obtaining By **we**, Tertullus means himself and his fellow Jews but not Governor Felix, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 24 2 qw1r writing-pronouns σοῦ…σῆς 1 you…your Here the words **you** and **your** refer to Felix, the governor. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “you, Governor Felix … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 24 2 a544 figs-explicit τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 for this people Tertullus assumes that Governor Felix will understand that by **this people**, he means the Jewish people. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 24 2 a544 figs-explicit τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 for this people Tertullus assumes that Governor Felix will understand that by **this people** he means the Jewish people. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 24 3 a545 figs-hyperbole πάντῃ…πανταχοῦ…πάσης 1 every way…everywhere…all Tertullus says these things as overstatements for emphasis. Since Luke is quoting directly from his speech, it would be appropriate to retain these overstatements in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 24 3 q3fj writing-politeness κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). Alternate translation: “Your Excellency, Governor Felix” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 24 3 r5jl figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας 1 with all thankfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **thankfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “very gratefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -3220,7 +3220,7 @@ ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor λοιμὸν 1 a pest Tertullus is speaking as if P ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 among all the Jews are throughout the world Tertullus says this as overstatements for emphasis. Since Luke is quoting directly from his speech, it would be appropriate to retain this overstatement in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 24 5 zg4a translate-names τῶν Ναζωραίων 1 the Nazarenes In this context, the word **Nazarenes** is a name that people used at this time to describe believers in Jesus. Jesus himself was known as a Nazarene because he came from the town of Nazareth. See how you translated the same word in [2:22](../02/22.md), where it has that meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 24 6 a547 figs-ellipsis ὃν καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν 1 whom also we arrested— Tertullus is making the case that Paul is a criminal, but he is leaving it up to Felix to decide what Paul’s punishment should be, so he is deliberately breaking off this sentence here. If this might be unclear to your readers, you could indicate his meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “whom we also arrested, and who deserves to be punished, but we will leave it to you to decide his punishment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 24 6 a548 translate-textvariants 1 As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this second half of this verse, all of verse 7, and the first part of vers 8 are found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting this material in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this material if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this material may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 24 6 a548 translate-textvariants 1 As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this second half of this verse, all of verse 7, and the first part of verse 8 are found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting this material in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this material if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this material may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 24 8 a549 writing-pronouns παρ’ οὗ 1 from whom The pronoun **whom** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “From him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders who had come to Caesarea to accuse Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 24 11 a550 figs-litotes οὐ πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς 1 it is not more than 12 days for me from when Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it was only 12 days ago that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) From c15b2a893359d8b20082ebbb9b961b494483916c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 31 Oct 2022 22:57:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/117] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8d61806300..c951782307 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3232,13 +3232,13 @@ ACT 24 15 nv5a writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 these The pronoun **these** refers ACT 24 15 qza8 figs-abstractnouns ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων 1 that there is going to be a resurrection of both the righteous and the unrighteous If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that God will make both the righteous and the unrighteous alive again after they have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων 1 of both the righteous and the unrighteous Paul is using the adjectives **righteous** and **unrighteous** as nouns to mean different groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of both people who have done what is right and people who have not done what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 24 16 a553 writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ 1 in this The pronoun **this** refers to what Paul has just said in verses 14 and 15 about what he believes. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Because I believe these things,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 24 16 va3b figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God and men Paul is using this phrase to refer to the opinion or judgment of God and men by association with the way that they would assess anything that came to their attention in front of them. Alternate translation: “in the perspective of God and men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 24 16 va3b figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God and men Paul is using this phrase to refer to the opinion or judgment of God and men by association with the way that they would assess anything that came to their attention in front of them. Alternate translation: “in the perspective of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 24 16 a554 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 men Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 24 17 p92m writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Paul is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new phase of his defense. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 24 17 lrs4 figs-go παρεγενόμην 1 I came In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου 1 to my nation Paul is actually referring to the place where the people of the Jewish **nation** live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place where my Jewish people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 24 17 a555 figs-explicit ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων…καὶ προσφοράς 1 bringing alms and offerings By **alms**, Paul means gifts for the poor that the Gentile churches had collected and that he was delivering. By **offerings**, he means the sacrifices that he and four other men offered at the end of a period of vows. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to bring gifts for the poor and to offer sacrifices at the end of a vow period” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 24 18 a556 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 in which The pronoun **which** refers to the offerings that Paul described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “While I was making those offerings,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 24 17 a555 figs-explicit ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων…καὶ προσφοράς 1 bringing alms and offerings By **alms** Paul means gifts for the poor that the Gentile churches had collected and that he was delivering. By **offerings** he means the sacrifices that he and four other men offered at the end of a period of vows. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to bring gifts for the poor and to offer sacrifices at the end of a vow period” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 24 18 a556 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 in which The pronoun **which** refers to the offerings that Paul described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, ending verse 17 with a period. Alternate translation: “While I was making those offerings,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 24 19 a557 figs-ellipsis τινὲς…ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι, οὓς ἔδει…παρεῖναι 1 certain Jews from Asia—who ought to be present As Paul defends himself by telling what happened in Jerusalem, he suddenly realizes that his actual accusers are not present. So he breaks off his sentence to bring this fact to the attention of Governor Felix. If this might be unclear to your readers, in your translation you could finish this part of the story and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “certain Jews from Asia saw me in Jerusalem with a Gentile and they thought that I had brought him into the temple. Now they ought to be present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 24 20 a558 figs-imperative3p αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν 1 let these themselves say If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may these themselves say” or “these themselves should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]]) ACT 24 20 ag5d writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ οὗτοι 1 these themselves These pronouns refer to the Jewish leaders who have come to Caesarea to accuse Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these Jewish leaders who have come here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 718a0bf9f850ca30051cb96c62ece0d55da3b979 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 10:35:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/117] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 41 +++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index c96aad6acb..b1c367d9d3 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1205,30 +1205,23 @@ MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples, but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) MAT 17 19 sz7d writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus threw out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 if you would have faith as a mustard seed Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MAT 17 20 x48i figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 nothing will be impossible for you If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nothing … impossible**, you could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -MAT 17 22 r2cu 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time. -MAT 17 22 n2xs συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν 1 as they are gathered together Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were gathered together” -MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “to be taken and put under the power of people” or “to be taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 17 22 i5rb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him … he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 17 23 fjac figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 17 24 jli6 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax. -MAT 17 24 t8qt ἐλθόντων…αὐτῶν 1 when they had come Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples had come” -MAT 17 24 b953 figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax This was a **tax** that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the temple tax” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 17 24 cths translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax The **drachma** was equivalent to the “denarius,” which was worth about one day’s wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -MAT 17 25 y26n τὴν οἰκίαν 1 the house Alternate translation: “the place where Jesus was staying” -MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων? 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you can express them as a statement. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 But when he said, “From strangers,” Jesus said to him If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in [17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But when Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from people who are not their family,’ Jesus said” or “But after Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MAT 17 26 u6xx οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons Here, **the sons** refers to people who are not part of the ruler’s family. -MAT 17 27 mwa6 ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς 1 But in order that we might not cause them to sin, having gone Alternate translation: “But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go” -MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fishermen tied **a fishhook** to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 17 27 ebj4 τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 its mouth Alternate translation: “the fish’s mouth” -MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel A **shekel** was a silver coin worth four days’ wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -MAT 17 27 ej3l ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν, δὸς 1 Having taken that, give it Alternate translation: “Take the shekel and give it” -MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 on behalf of me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +MAT 17 20 x48i figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 nothing will be impossible for you If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MAT 17 22 r2cu writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 17 22 jzq8 writing-newevent ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym expression possession and control. People will hand Jesus over so that men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him … he will be raised up Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here, **be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring him back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 17 23 fjac figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 17 24 jli6 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 17 24 b953 figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people payed to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 17 24 cths translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day's wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one day's wage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MAT 17 25 yp5h translate-kinship ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Here the term **sons** specifically means the citizens who belong to the king's nation. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n +MAT 17 26 u6xx translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fishermen tied **a fishhook** to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that you fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days' wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days' wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 on behalf of me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?

Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples. MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who therefore is greatest Alternate translation: “Who therefore is the most important” or “Who then among us will be the most important” From 11e0e4a3d5a11416cda0ee1d452d3672ff6b9818 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 11:02:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/117] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index b1c367d9d3..873f9937ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ MAT 17 24 jli6 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the MAT 17 24 b953 figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people payed to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 17 24 cths translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day's wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one day's wage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MAT 17 25 yp5h translate-kinship ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Here the term **sons** specifically means the citizens who belong to the king's nation. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n -MAT 17 26 u6xx translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +MAT 17 26 u6xx translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fishermen tied **a fishhook** to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that you fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days' wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days' wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 on behalf of me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 38c421cc0b244a598dda5b943f48254c8d224b45 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 09:59:44 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 102/117] Fix format of Acts --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c951782307..bd44b55a9f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@ ACT 20 37 sze4 translate-symaction κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 they were ACT 20 38 npay figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the statement that Paul made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statement that he had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they were never going to see his face again In his statement, Paul was using one part of himself, his **face**, to represent all of himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were never going to see him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 20 38 m0wr figs-quotations εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he had spoken, ‘You are going to see my face no more’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nActs 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and advised what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.\n\nThe last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “They are all determined to keep the law”\n\nThe Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.\n\n### Nazarite vow\n\nThe vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../21/23.md)).\n\n### Gentiles in the temple\n\nThe Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Roman citizenship\n\nThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. +ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and advised what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.

The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “They are all determined to keep the law”

The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.

### Nazarite vow

The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../21/23.md)).

### Gentiles in the temple

The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Roman citizenship

The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. ACT 21 1 s3h3 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἤλθομεν 1 we…we came As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, throughout this chapter Luke uses the pronoun **we** (as well as the pronouns “us” and “our”) to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers. So use the exclusive form of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 21 1 a428 figs-activepassive ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 having been parted from them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having parted from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 Cos The word **Cos** is the name of an island in the South Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2914,7 +2914,7 @@ ACT 21 4 y35m writing-pronouns οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον 1 ACT 21 4 a431 figs-synecdoche ἐπιβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 to set foot in Jerusalem The disciples were using one part of Paul, his **foot**, to represent all of him in the potential act of going to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 21 5 a432 figs-idiom ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when it happened that we had completed the days Luke is speaking of the seven days when he and his traveling companions were in Tyre as if those days were something they **finished**. Alternate translation: “at the end of those seven days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 21 5 a433 figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 everyone Luke says **everyone** here as a generalization. He means all of the believers with whom he and his companions were meeting in Tyre. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 having knelt down on the shore and having prayed The travelers and their hosts knelt down as a symbolic action to show that they were approaching God humbly in prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having humbly knelt down on the shore to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 21 5 q8xl translate-symaction θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι 1 having knelt down on the shore and having prayed The travelers and their hosts knelt down as a symbolic action to show that they were approaching God humbly in prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “having humbly knelt down on the shore to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 21 6 a434 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 those The pronoun **those** refers to the believers from Tyre. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the believers from Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 7 hy6e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐμείναμεν 1 we…we stayed Here the word **we** refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 21 7 z4nt translate-names Πτολεμαΐδα 1 Ptolemais The word **Ptolemais** is the name of a city that was south of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2978,14 +2978,14 @@ ACT 21 25 nu0i figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 the strangled God did not allow t ACT 21 26 cr14 figs-explicit τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 the men Luke implicitly means the four **men** who had made a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the men who had each made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 26 a453 figs-explicit ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified Luke is referring implicitly to the purification ceremony that allowed Paul and these men to enter the temple area. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having been purified in order to enter the temple area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 26 s8z9 figs-activepassive ἁγνισθεὶς 1 having been purified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having participated in a purification ceremony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερόν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερόν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 26 a454 figs-possession διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 declaring the fulfillment of the days of purification Luke is using the possessive form **the days of purification** to mean the days during which the men’s vows were in effect, at the end of which there needed to be a **purification** ceremony. Alternate translation: “declaring that the men had kept their vows for the number of days that they had promised and that they could now be purified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 21 26 a455 figs-abstractnouns διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 announcing the fulfillment of the days of purification If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **purification**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “declaring that the men had kept their vows for the number of days that they had promised and that they could now be purified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 21 26 pvy3 figs-explicit τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 of the days of purification In this case Luke is referring implicitly to a separate **purification** process from the one the men fulfilled in order to enter the temple area. He means the purification process that came at the end of a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “of the days of purification at the end of their vows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering was offered for each one of them If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until each one of them offered an offering for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 27 j9zm figs-explicit αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he means the **seven days** that were customarily required for the offerings and purification ceremony at the end of a vow. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the seven days that it took to purify these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 27 a456 figs-explicit οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews from Asia Luke implicitly means some **Jews from Asia** who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival, as described in [20:16](../20/16.md). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “some Jews from Asia who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 27 a457 figs-hyperbole συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 were agitating the whole crowd Luke says **whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were making many people in the crowd very agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 21 27 a458 figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον 1 the whole crowd By the **crowd**, Luke implicitly means the crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem from all over the Roman Empire for the Pentecost festival. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd of people who had come to Jerusalem for the Pentecost festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-metonymy ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid their hands on him The expression **laid hands on** means to arrest or detain someone, by association with the way that arresting officers or concerned citizens might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they held onto him” or “they detained him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2993,13 +2993,13 @@ ACT 21 28 a459 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israeli ACT 21 28 a460 figs-hyperbole πάντας πανταχῇ 1 all everywhere The Jews from Asia are saying **all** and **everywhere** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “people throughout the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 21 28 sfg3 figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου 1 the people and the law and this place The Jews from Asia assume that their listeners will understand that they are referring to the special status of the people of Israel as God’s chosen people, the law of Moses, and the temple in Jerusalem. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel and the law of Moses and this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple The Jews from Asia assume that their listeners will understand that only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem **temple** and that they are accusing Paul of bringing **Greeks** into those areas. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “into areas of the temple courtyard where they are not allowed to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 21 28 a461 figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 28 a461 figs-metonymy τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 29 t2z7 translate-versebridge 1 In this verse, Luke is giving the reason why the Jews from the province of Asia thought that Paul had “defiled” the temple area by bringing “Greeks” into it. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 28–29. It might say something like this: “Now some Jews from Asia had seen Trophimus the Ephesian with Paul in the city. When they saw Paul in the temple when the seven days were about to be finished, they were thinking that Paul had brought Trophimus into the temple. So they were agitating the whole crowd, and they laid {their} hands on him, shouting, “Men, Israelites, help! This is the man teaching all everywhere against the people and the law and this place. And he has even both brought Greeks into the temple and has defiled this holy place.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) ACT 21 29 h1uu translate-names Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus The word **Trophimus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [20:4](../20/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 21 30 st3f figs-metonymy ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Here, the word **city** means the people who lived in the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all the people of the city became excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited Luke says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 21 30 a462 figs-activepassive ἐκινήθη…ἡ πόλις ὅλη 1 the whole city was excited If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 21 30 a463 figs-metonymy ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 outside of the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “of the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 21 30 a463 figs-metonymy ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 outside of the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so when Luke says **the temple** here, he means the courtyard associated with the temple. Alternate translation: “of the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 21 30 mmaa figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were shut If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it would have been the temple gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 21 30 xd6r figs-explicit ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι 1 the doors were shut The implication is that the gatekeepers **shut** the **doors** to the temple courtyard once the mob dragged Paul outside so that the mob would not defile the temple precincts by killing Paul within them. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the gatekeepers shut the doors so that the mob would not defile the temple courtyard by killing Paul there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 21 31 a464 writing-pronouns ζητούντων τε αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 And as they were seeking to kill him The pronoun **they** refers to the mob, and the pronoun **him** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as the mob was seeking to kill Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ ACT 21 39 a471 figs-litotes οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης 1 ACT 21 39 a139 figs-imperative ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me This is an imperative, but as Paul’s phrase **I ask of you** shows, it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please allow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 21 40 qp2q writing-pronouns ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he had allowed The pronoun **he** refers to the Roman commander. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the commander allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 21 40 rk1y translate-symaction κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with his hand to the people This likely means that Paul waved his hand to get the attention of the audience and signal that he was about to speak. He did this to quiet them. Alternate translation: “waved his hand to the people to signal that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “In the Hebrew language”\n\nMost Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### Roman citizenship\n\nThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a noncitizen. +ACT 22 intro gq5g 0 # Acts 22 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “In the Hebrew language”

Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.

### “The Way”

No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.

### Roman citizenship

The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a noncitizen. ACT 22 1 lrs0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 22 1 xe46 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer to his fellow Israelites. He is using the word **fathers** to refer either to Jewish leaders who may be present or to Jewish men who are older than he is. In both cases he is speaking respectfully. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites and you leaders of Israel” or “My fellow Israelites young and old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 22 1 pe8t figs-imperative ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ 1 hear to my defense to you now This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please listen as I explain myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) @@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ ACT 22 28 rly1 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…καὶ γεγέννημαι 1 I in ACT 22 29 a509 figs-explicit ἐφοβήθη 1 was afraid The implication is that the commander **was afraid** that the higher Roman authorities would punish him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “was afraid that the higher Roman authorities would punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 22 30 a510 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀσφαλὲς 1 the certain Luke is using the adjective **certain** as a noun to mean what was reliable or true about Paul. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-explicit ἔλυσεν αὐτόν 1 he released him This means implicitly not that the commander **released** Paul from custody but that he freed Paul from the chains that were binding him to one solider on each side of him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to unchain Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Resurrection of the dead\n\nThe Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### “Called a curse”\n\nSome Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.\n\n### Roman citizenship\n\nThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Whitewash\n\nThis is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 23 intro gbw5 0 # Acts 23 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Resurrection of the dead

The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])

### “Called a curse”

Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.

### Roman citizenship

The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Whitewash

This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 23 1 lrs1 figs-idiom ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “brothers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 23 1 lrs5 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 Men, brothers and fathers Paul is using the word **brothers** to refer respectfully to his fellow Israelites. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 23 1 nn2q figs-hyperbole πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ 1 in all good conscience Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in careful obedience to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@ ACT 23 32 abd1 writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν…αὐτῷ 1 they return ACT 23 33 abx1 writing-pronouns οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ 1 who, entering into Caesarea and delivering the letter to the governor, also presented Paul to him The pronoun **who** refers to the horsemen who accompanied Paul all the way to Caesarea. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “When the horsemen reached Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and also presented Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 having asked what province he was from It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 23 35 mga2 figs-activepassive κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 commanding him to be guarded If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanding his soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nPaul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Respect\n\nBoth the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Governmental leaders\n\nThe words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Respect

Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Governmental leaders

The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 24 1 a540 writing-participants ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός 1 a certain orator, Tertullus Luke is using the phrase **a certain orator** to introduce **Tertullus** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 24 1 f3vx translate-unknown ῥήτορος 1 an orator In this context, the term **orator** means a person who spoke well and who was well acquainted with Roman law. Either an accuser or a defendant might employ such a person to argue a case for them in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “a courtroom lawyer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου τινός 1 Tertullus The word **Tertullus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 189e3b6b5e4749101f34bf8fb652120ccbd257fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 15:24:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b2cdd7882d..b19a96705b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2204,9 +2204,9 @@ ROM 11 36 a9gg figs-explicit δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For from him … through him ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, **to** indicates that God is the reason **all things** exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters as practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n -ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which peopleserve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n From dc2731b4856e0facf4ae86be32b4fc3617aff0a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 15:38:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b19a96705b..5ee1d44841 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2209,22 +2209,22 @@ ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which peopleserve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n -ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε…μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 f your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε…μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 clc6 μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε 1 Do not be conformed to this world Alternate translation: “do not become like” ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this age** refers to the attitudes and actions of the unbelievers who live during this period of time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the way people think and act in this age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 2 na8p figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός…τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that persons mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\r\n\r +ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves” -ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different amounts of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different amounts. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an amount of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different degrees of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an degree of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different degrees. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you a degree of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). From bc58e88ef72b50de1490f1cf2f1fba5e8d94bff5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 15:48:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5ee1d44841..dae540828e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2234,12 +2234,12 @@ ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of ea ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so they are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities to serve other believers that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … the ability to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … being able to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift in the service; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift in the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift for serving; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift for teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ…τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **service** and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “serving others … serving others … teaching others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift to encourage; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift to be generous; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift diligently; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπλότητι…ἐν σπουδῇ…ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6ad6fcc0720464f34b6554fc588cc970e6e9c93c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 15:49:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dae540828e..af2ab91cdd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2241,7 +2241,7 @@ ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift for serving; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift for teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ…τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **service** and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “serving others … serving others … teaching others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift to encourage; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift to be generous; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift diligently; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift to encourage; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift to be generous; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπλότητι…ἐν σπουδῇ…ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n From e90ded696ce6d60561b2736cc182e18f491f3459 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 15:50:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index af2ab91cdd..429996a976 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2241,7 +2241,7 @@ ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift for serving; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift for teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ…τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **service** and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “serving others … serving others … teaching others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift to encourage; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift to be generous; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift for encouraging; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift for generosity; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπλότητι…ἐν σπουδῇ…ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n From b5b5c3e744bc647125e0f5cc75886e74f0987c76 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 15:52:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 429996a976..db6b41b63c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2246,10 +2246,10 @@ ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπ ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν…τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 10 mr8i τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 10 mr8i figs-declarative τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 10 ng86 figs-abstractnouns τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **brotherly love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n -ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly”(2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) From 52902b79b3475b015c38e44487cf54d597559831 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 15:53:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index db6b41b63c..d0e78cd579 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ ROM 12 10 ng86 figs-abstractnouns τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly”(2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 12 wept grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἐλπίδι 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 12 uv64 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates the situation in which someone should be **patient**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time of suffering, being patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) From 4fa9144453123dc1fdd090c9460503046feb396e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 15:58:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d0e78cd579..d1eb9cc39c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2255,13 +2255,13 @@ ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** coul ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 12 wept grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἐλπίδι 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 12 uv64 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates the situation in which someone should be **patient**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time of suffering, being patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to persist in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to do persistently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 13 vk5h figs-declarative ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in the needs of the saints, share; pursue hospitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 13 m53s figs-abstractnouns ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων…τὴν φιλοξενίαν 1 Share in the needs of the saints If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **needs** and **hospitality**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the things the saints need … what is hospitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 13 i3nm figs-explicit ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Here Paul implies sharing the things that a person has with those **saints** who have **needs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing what you have to meet the needs of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε 1 These two commands mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not thing the high things, but accept the lowly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not think the high things, but accept the lowly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “considering others the same way you consider yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways This clause refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or have a lower position in society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are not worthy of their rank. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From b4c0969ff1fff02c58515f89680d20498029fea4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 16:26:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d1eb9cc39c..3b80915a46 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2261,10 +2261,10 @@ ROM 12 13 m53s figs-abstractnouns ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων ROM 12 13 i3nm figs-explicit ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Here Paul implies sharing the things that a person has with those **saints** who have **needs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing what you have to meet the needs of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε 1 These two commands mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not think the high things, but accept the lowly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “considering others the same way you consider yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways This clause refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or have a lower position in society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are not worthy of their rank. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not think the high things, but accept the lowly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking about others the same way you think about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 17 h2tz figs-declarative μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Repay no one evil for evil Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “repay no one evil for evil; give careful thought to good things in the sight of all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 17 ae3j figs-abstractnouns κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ…προνοούμενοι…ἐνώπιον 1 Repay no one evil for evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n From 3f005699b3db4d3b59f235d0079359615c1e7e1e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 16:37:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3b80915a46..39de06fb40 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2268,13 +2268,13 @@ ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμε ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 17 h2tz figs-declarative μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Repay no one evil for evil Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “repay no one evil for evil; give careful thought to good things in the sight of all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 17 ae3j figs-abstractnouns κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ…προνοούμενοι…ἐνώπιον 1 Repay no one evil for evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 12 17 hnte figs-metaphor μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 12 17 hnte figs-metaphor μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 12 17 fzh8 figs-metaphor καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people mentally perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men perceive to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 17 c8lw figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “so far as it depends on you” or “as much as it is up to you” ROM 12 18 nzwf figs-declarative μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “live at peace with all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 18 fbzh figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 12 19 e0hc figs-declarative μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοί, ἀλλὰ δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 19 e0hc figs-declarative μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες 1 give way to his wrath Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give way to God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 zre0 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὀργῇ…ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 give way to his wrath If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to God being wrathful … I will avenge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n From af35435c45c0dbe576ea82da40a618bcf14319ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 17:07:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/117] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 39de06fb40..55b767450c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2283,13 +2283,13 @@ ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does no ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being blessed by someone whom he had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God punishing that person very severely. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being helped by someone whom that person had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God very severely punishing the person who is being helped. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 19845f208ab8cd1ec314a861410586d85695c083 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 13:18:46 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 114/117] Fix format of Romans --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 66 ++++++++++++++++++------------------------------ 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 42 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 55b767450c..0574830a09 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Romans\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–15)\n2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)\n3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)\n4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)\n5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Romans?\n\nThe Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.\n\n### What is the book of Romans about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).\n\nIn this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?\n\nIn Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).\n\n### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?\n\nPaul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”\n\nTranslators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?\n\nThe idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”\n\nIn [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?\n\nThe phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.\n\nThese phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.\n\nNevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?\n\nFor the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.\n\n* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”\n* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”\n\nThe following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.\n\n* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
* Greeting (1:1–7)
* Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 x3em figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 1 plvo translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul **Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1120,13 +1120,12 @@ ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the Law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female Jewish believers in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n -ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. +ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female Jewish believers in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 1 ajk4 writing-pronouns λαλῶ 1 brothers The pronoun **I** and throughout this chapter refers to Paul (see [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 7 1 k3h5 grammar-collectivenouns νόμον…ὁ νόμος 1 brothers For every occurrence of **the law** in [verses 1–20](../07/01.md) translate the phrase in the same way you translated it in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 7 1 okz5 figs-personification ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 brothers Here Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a king. Paul means that, like a king, **the law** must be obeyed by those who are obligated to do so. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “like a king, the law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 Although **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 Although **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 7 2 as1h grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an example from God’s law that illustrates how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives,” as Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 2 j4sn figs-genericnoun ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, κατήργηται…τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 Paul is speaking of Jewish **married** women and husbands in general, not of one particular **woman** or **husband**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “married women remain bound by law to their living husbands, but if their husbands die, they have been released … of their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 7 2 hpn4 figs-activepassive ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ…δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law continually binds the married woman … God releases her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2030,7 +2029,7 @@ ROM 11 9 x0wl figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶ ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-idiom γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap This clause is an idiom. The word **table** represents feasting, which is the situation in which a person feels safe, and **net** and **trap** represent punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let them be punished while they are feeling safe” or “Punish them while they are comfortable”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 11 9 l6re figs-doublet εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize David’s plea for judgment. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “for thorough punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 9 lbs2 figs-metaphor εἰς σκάνδαλον 1 Here, **stumbling block** refers to something that tempts people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for tempting them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 9 xex5 figs-abstractnouns ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **retribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “paying them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 11 9 xex5 figs-abstractnouns ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **retribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “paying them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metaphor σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν, τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 bend their backs continually This clause refers to being unable to understand something. See how you translated “eyes not to see” in [verse 8](../11/08.md). Alternate translation: “Let them be unable to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 10 j9ag figs-activepassive σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν 1 bend their backs continually If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Blind their eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 10 biqg figs-metaphor τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 This clause refers to making people suffer like slaves suffer by carrying heavy burdens on **their backs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “make them continually suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2204,36 +2203,30 @@ ROM 11 36 a9gg figs-explicit δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For from him … through him ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, **to** indicates that God is the reason **all things** exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.\n\nMany scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Body of Christ\n\nThe body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n -ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)
* Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.

Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Body of Christ

The body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε…μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε…μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 clc6 μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε 1 Do not be conformed to this world Alternate translation: “do not become like” ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this age** refers to the attitudes and actions of the unbelievers who live during this period of time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the way people think and act in this age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 2 na8p figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός…τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that persons mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that persons mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves” ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different degrees of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an degree of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different degrees. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you a degree of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each other Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n -ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each other Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. -ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so they are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so they are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities to serve other believers that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … being able to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2244,12 +2237,10 @@ ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ… ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift for encouraging; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift for generosity; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπλότητι…ἐν σπουδῇ…ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n -ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν…τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν…τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 10 mr8i figs-declarative τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 10 ng86 figs-abstractnouns τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **brotherly love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n -ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) @@ -2263,13 +2254,10 @@ ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθ ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not think the high things, but accept the lowly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking about others the same way you think about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 17 h2tz figs-declarative μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Repay no one evil for evil Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “repay no one evil for evil; give careful thought to good things in the sight of all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 17 ae3j figs-abstractnouns κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ…προνοούμενοι…ἐνώπιον 1 Repay no one evil for evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 12 17 hnte figs-metaphor μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -ROM 12 17 fzh8 figs-metaphor καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people mentally perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men perceive to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 17 ae3j figs-abstractnouns κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ…προνοούμενοι…ἐνώπιον 1 Repay no one evil for evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])ROM 12 17 hnte figs-metaphor μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])ROM 12 17 fzh8 figs-metaphor καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people mentally perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men perceive to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 17 c8lw figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “so far as it depends on you” or “as much as it is up to you” ROM 12 18 nzwf figs-declarative μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “live at peace with all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) @@ -2277,22 +2265,16 @@ ROM 12 18 fbzh figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Although t ROM 12 19 e0hc figs-declarative μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες 1 give way to his wrath Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give way to God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 zre0 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὀργῇ…ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 give way to his wrath If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to God being wrathful … I will avenge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n -ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being helped by someone whom that person had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God very severely punishing the person who is being helped. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly rulers

When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers. ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here, **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Let every Christian obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 4690618a8cc754b50b5bf185c0a3d05d2e48b24c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 17:26:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/117] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 20 ++++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 873f9937ba..a801413ddf 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1181,19 +1181,19 @@ MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν το MAT 16 28 etk2 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 17 intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Elijah

The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### “transfigured”

Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) MAT 17 1 u6dw grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 General Information: The phrase translated **And six days later** indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -MAT 17 2 kq4l figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 he was transfigured If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he transfigured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 17 2 kq4l figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 he was transfigured If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 17 2 uxg3 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them Here, **before them** is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 17 2 i1mp figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 his face shone like the sun, and his garments became brilliant as the light The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MAT 17 4 r41c figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 answering, Peter said Here, the pronoun us could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case us would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case us would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +MAT 17 4 r41c figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 answering, Peter said By **us**, Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) MAT 17 4 d231 translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 it is good for us to be here Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) That the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “shined brightly around them” (2) The cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them” +MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) That the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked peoples view of them” (2) The cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them” MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice from the cloud Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 17 6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 And having heard that, the disciples Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they” MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 fell on their face Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the 3 disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 17 7 iw4l figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and having touched them, told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MAT 17 7 iw4l figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 17 8 i9gt grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 17 12 a4h7 writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did … them The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] +MAT 17 12 a4h7 writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did … them The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] MAT 17 12 i74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 17 13 cskj writing-background τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 17 15 ufb4 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 have mercy on my son See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1209,17 +1209,17 @@ MAT 17 20 x48i figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖ MAT 17 22 r2cu writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 17 22 jzq8 writing-newevent ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym expression possession and control. People will hand Jesus over so that men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym expression possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people's possession so that men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him … he will be raised up Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here, **be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring him back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring him back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 17 23 fjac figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 17 24 jli6 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 17 24 b953 figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people payed to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 17 24 cths translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day's wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one day's wage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -MAT 17 25 yp5h translate-kinship ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Here the term **sons** specifically means the citizens who belong to the king's nation. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n +MAT 17 25 yp5h translate-kinship ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king's kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n MAT 17 26 u6xx translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fishermen tied **a fishhook** to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that you fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp object used to catch fish, to the end of a line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that you catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days' wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days' wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 on behalf of me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?

Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) From 09421a8a90e22d5abbc1e8ed050ffeace89e43e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 13:37:31 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 116/117] Fix Romans line breaks --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 50 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 34 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0574830a09..f22859e58a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1120,7 +1120,8 @@ ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the Law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female Jewish believers in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. +ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female Jewish believers in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 1 ajk4 writing-pronouns λαλῶ 1 brothers The pronoun **I** and throughout this chapter refers to Paul (see [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 7 1 k3h5 grammar-collectivenouns νόμον…ὁ νόμος 1 brothers For every occurrence of **the law** in [verses 1–20](../07/01.md) translate the phrase in the same way you translated it in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) @@ -2204,10 +2205,12 @@ ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)
* Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.

Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Body of Christ

The body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε…μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 clc6 μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε 1 Do not be conformed to this world Alternate translation: “do not become like” @@ -2215,15 +2218,19 @@ ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this age** ROM 12 2 na8p figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός…τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that persons mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves” ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different degrees of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an degree of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different degrees. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you a degree of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each other Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 5 sd03 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 are individually members of each other Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 12 5 v93h figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 are individually members of each other See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 5 cutl μέλη 1 See how you translated **members** in the previous verse. ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so they are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -2237,10 +2244,12 @@ ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ… ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift for encouraging; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift for generosity; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπλότητι…ἐν σπουδῇ…ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν…τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν…τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 10 mr8i figs-declarative τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 10 ng86 figs-abstractnouns τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **brotherly love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) @@ -2254,10 +2263,13 @@ ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθ ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not think the high things, but accept the lowly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking about others the same way you think about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 17 h2tz figs-declarative μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Repay no one evil for evil Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “repay no one evil for evil; give careful thought to good things in the sight of all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 17 ae3j figs-abstractnouns κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ…προνοούμενοι…ἐνώπιον 1 Repay no one evil for evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])ROM 12 17 hnte figs-metaphor μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])ROM 12 17 fzh8 figs-metaphor καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people mentally perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men perceive to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 17 ae3j figs-abstractnouns κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ…προνοούμενοι…ἐνώπιον 1 Repay no one evil for evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 17 hnte figs-metaphor μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 17 fzh8 figs-metaphor καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people mentally perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men perceive to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 17 c8lw figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “so far as it depends on you” or “as much as it is up to you” ROM 12 18 nzwf figs-declarative μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “live at peace with all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) @@ -2265,16 +2277,22 @@ ROM 12 18 fbzh figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Although t ROM 12 19 e0hc figs-declarative μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες 1 give way to his wrath Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give way to God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 zre0 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὀργῇ…ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 give way to his wrath If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to God being wrathful … I will avenge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being helped by someone whom that person had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God very severely punishing the person who is being helped. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly rulers

When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers. ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here, **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Let every Christian obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From b58343f91045f96dadd2e3fb3614b70301d38a83 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 13:46:01 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 117/117] Fix format of Matthew --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index a801413ddf..0a196bb80f 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ MAT 13 21 ixil grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MAT 13 21 lxuy figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people afflicted and persecuted them because of the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 13 21 xv50 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 immediately he is caused to stumble The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God’s message. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 immediately he is caused to stumble The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God’s message. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md) MAT 13 22 a3u1 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον…τὸν λόγον 2 the word See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδ MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metonymy πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 the gates of Hades will not prevail against it Jesus is using the term **Hades** to mean death. He is using the term **gate** to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 16 19 ysk8 figs-you δώσω σοι 1 I will give to you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 16 19 pp5d figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν καὶ 1 the keys of the kingdom of the heavens Here, Jesus is using the term **keys** to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 16 19 k09j translate-unknown τὰς κλεῖδας 1 Here, **keys** are things used to open a door or gate so that people are able to enter or exit a place. They can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened and the people inside cannot get out. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 16 19 k09j translate-unknown τὰς κλεῖδας 1 Here, **keys** are things used to open a door or gate so that people are able to enter or exit a place. They can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened and the people inside cannot get out. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 16 19 kc3k figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). MAT 16 19 ef9c figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth, it will be forbidden in heaven. And whatever you allow on the earth, it will be allowed in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 16 19 dy4p figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς…ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 2 whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens Jesus is using the phrase **in the heavens** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ MAT 17 2 uxg3 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them Here, ** MAT 17 2 i1mp figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 his face shone like the sun, and his garments became brilliant as the light The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAT 17 4 r41c figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 answering, Peter said By **us**, Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) MAT 17 4 d231 translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 it is good for us to be here Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) That the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked peoples view of them” (2) The cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them” +MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) That the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked peoples view of them” (2) The cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them” MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice from the cloud Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 17 6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 And having heard that, the disciples Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they” MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 fell on their face Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the 3 disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1209,18 +1209,18 @@ MAT 17 20 x48i figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖ MAT 17 22 r2cu writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 17 22 jzq8 writing-newevent ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym expression possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people's possession so that men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym expression possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him … he will be raised up Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring him back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 17 23 fjac figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 17 24 jli6 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 17 24 b953 figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people payed to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 17 24 cths translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day's wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one day's wage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -MAT 17 25 yp5h translate-kinship ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king's kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -MAT 17 26 u6xx translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +MAT 17 24 cths translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one day’s wage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MAT 17 25 yp5h translate-kinship ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 17 26 u6xx translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp object used to catch fish, to the end of a line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that you catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days' wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days' wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 on behalf of me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?

Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.